Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Boat Building Manual PDF
Boat Building Manual PDF
Boatbuilding
in Ash
Manual
._I
by Robert M. Steward
Published by:
International
Marine Publishing
21 Elm Street
Camden, Maine
04843
Company
USA
Available from:
same as above
Reproduced by
permission.
2n.d Edibbn
6v
International
Marine Publishing
~.11111,1,11.
.\ln,u,,04sIi
Company
FOREWORD
Vlll
PREFACE
ix
PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION
xi
1 GENERAL
1
2 PLANS
10
3 TOOLS
15
4 WOOD
19
5 FIBERGLASS
AND OTHER
HULL MATERIALS
6 FASTENINGS
46
7 LINES AND LAYING DOWN
66
8 MOLDS, TEMPLATES,
AND THE BACKBONE
9 SETTING
IJP
108
10 FRAMING
117
11 PLANKING
130
12 DECK FRAMING
153
13 DECKING
161
14 DECK JOINERWORK
170
15 INTERIOR
JOINERWORK
182
16 MISCEELftNEOUS
DETAILS
192
17 SAF!?Y
STANDARDS
227
RECOMMENDED
READING
231
EQUIVALENTS
233
INDEX
236
35
88
lh ligtlls otrt.11 showt*tl bright lalt* in lht* t~vt*ning 21 rht. ?i!i/zNItlJt) in IIiin1irlglc~l.
Nt-w York, anal r2b1il inrlc- 10 (tfj 50 aI :\r~c~t~ortIowri J1c.w in D;hricw. I havv tvijovtd ;L
titc~linic* intluc-ncxscl tjv I IIt. t;\tk of srnatt 1Jo;iIs 1tit-ir tlc3ign. I tIcA I)uittting. ;~rdl I ticbir
us(*. Most rcwarclill,~ of all ;Ispc( lb. tx.1 tiat~s. arc ItIc* tc*:l(*:s lhdl ccbmc ;Itong
It.1 I (.I!?
c*ulcJilin,g Itic- <grand c~st)c-ric~ncx-c*n(.oulll~lt(l in ItIt* tJuil(liyg ot ;1 l)Oill!
thc~rc~ has always
Ilt-c-n gr~a saridac[ion
3 just itid
fcc-tinSg 01 accomplishIlIlIll
rrbla!td to making things with ones own hands. in this age of specialization
I
t)c~tit-v~ hoal huitding
can offer tv~n morr satisfarrion
as wctt as rrlaxalion
and a
c.ti:illc*ngc- (0 individual
ahilitv and irigrnuitv.
FPw things involvr Itit, manv skills rt*cluirot in \)uil(ting a bcJ;rt c;1( h rxscntial fat- it4 succxsful
c~nnplcrion.
PlJssibly nothing
c*tsc*i5 as rc-wdrttin~g.
I;urrht*r. nict-ly tastiiontd.
d-t)uilt
tJo;tts art* growing mort~ and mor(* t3pt-nsivt-.
10 huittt your own rn;iy wt*tl t)c*;I practic,,lt sotulion
;1s wcdt as rc*wirding. Surctv ttw
,jovs of bring krtloar ;ir(b manifoltl,
and t host- t3ptGnc-rd
;Il~o;ird ;1 t>bJal you ti;lvt- Luitl
required
his cxperirn&i
supervision
lhc
vii
viii
f~Ol<I-~IIOHI)
warmer-
cllrne tjt~ckontd.
wi! h its slowt~r l)acx- anti t*.isitar iivin,g. ant! 13oh ~onrinut~tl his
work In~(jlv!rl,q the d~s~gn~n~ anti supervlslon
of Ilumtrous var.lli\
PIt.st.~lr iv i~r*is !vi!i!
a Floritla
tJuiltlcr.
pW ;a< hIS.
Bol) S~vwartls
l,uhlishd.
marrrials
wonth-fully
whtarl* iIt> is
classic- work
co11t
drawings.
In
this larrsl tdition.
and presenr rrgularit~ris
char
t-rncd
I-cct*ivc-d from
riumt~rous
in atltliIion
revisions daring
IO nt-w
10 provicling more* of his
anti practical
marvrial.
SO ~~11
prcxn1td.
.Alhill
?I .s.r\
t\nc
&
XI.E
tl~lr-tl~nvIl
Dalit~l. C:c~nnc~
ricur
II is indt*tvl
ditficull
IO rt-;ili/cs rli;tl
Inic~rnaiional
fuhli5hing
(:~m1l1;11iv wt.111 i11ro Ou4int*bs nritl ;1c.tluirc*cl ltw cxqyighr
.ll,ctrrrtr/ II 11:*clM~~ll:I Ir.rr,
I\' !Il:lI
!-I.:;;:.
!!E!
! !::*:x
h;1LT
!XX~I!
:ici;
'Ul!
."I
I
i1ig llii~ tlt~ iidt.: Boris
fhil Rhoclt5.
l.au(-1. L.tv~n;irtli.
ihca sniall
;i~Iti mosi
iKl
ii1 Tciir
I1r~;1ll1uildt~1~ slaurit~li
vt*rs,iIili* 1i:i\~l
Marim,
IO flotr//~rrr;tlttr~
c .> rlihi
Ir-itv1tl.
;irIll
irit-ncls.
111ort p(*iq)It~ 5im.t. Ilit- I;151 tvlili~,ti o! flflttr
so m;inv who h;ivt* rt-;icl ~1111
l~i*i~Il gri11ifVilIg
I0 mt 3
hrr//tltt/,q .IltrtIrrfl/
It~;ll~Ilt~tl11~0111
111t
10 us
il
Il;is
\ 1c)c)k. In .icltiilicm.
fhlfl I I/ lr;lr!il,,~
Connc~~it~ut
~Ihroqqhout
, rtyrinrb
I his hook.
thtb Wtbstlawn
that
School
[ht. names
providtb
ijs advvrtising
svrvicrhs of valur
for the products
Gtlugcwl
of
HIothcrs.
h11za.
Illl~..
drawings
that
I cannot
copy
fasrw
Inc
Srcmann
close wiihout
ancl skrrc-ht-s;
thanking
her 5 percmr
in Brooklin.
of 1ac-h1 DrsiRn.
Sram-
lo boatbuildrrs.
or sty-vice
offtvxvl.
Illill
carr1
9~11h menRarhc-r.
lhtb firms
crvdiis
Plastics.
ior me with
rhan
sour(vs:
Insrirurcb.
Dvsign
of rhe hook.
while
portions
lacht
that
for permission
appeared
IO us{
in 7/1r Rudrf~~r
Dorothv
C. Marks fo1 doing some of thth rt*vision
meanin,g
that she can I;pc a pa,gP 31 times
rypIng
1 ran.
KotitW M. .Sltward
,jat~lamt ilk. FItAla
l);lriIlg
;I Ilic~i~liIl#
PillllrsOIl.
ii
was clct~iclt4
num!,ci
ii
Etlilor
ilIlt
I,f)c..ii.>
BusiIit-ss
I Shoultl
IIlitl
\lillI
.i,gtt
rty)t7Iivt~ly
M;tIl;tgc~I~
Of
ill)OUt
IlIt*
fintb (,I(1
hoirl
dntl
ilit-
it/ltttlt*r
(~011slruc
:4\111lL
Irtlr*
Illil#il/iIl~,
lion
;tinlcVl
ill
IlIt-
amalt-uI ;tIl~l. Ilol!t~luII,. of soIlIt VillUt I0 lhca l~r0ft~SSiC~IIitl. -1lris (It7 ision It~sulltvl ii: ;I
sturic5 of LOc.oIIst~ciIlivt* Inorlllllv l)itxx3 I Il;tl Mx*rt*So \\~t~ll rtxx~ivt~tl Ill;11 I hty wtrt- Illiltlt*
inlo
i:ook.
il
Jht-
rtw~f>litrIl
ol
Ihis,
IOO.
itl)Ioatl
was c~IiIhusi,isIic.
~llill
~)on
.itlt*l
iII LI~t~I~t
II. l.t*1It51S 01 itl)l)IovitI
iI
w;h
in
wt*r( rtG\c~cl
from afar. On<* IhaI lingt.rs in IIIV mint1 was frton a lurkislt
naval oflicc,r who IIOI onI)
bouplIr Iht- I)ook. ~LII also l)uilI a I)oaI lrom III\ plans. lil~ll
ii#i3ill
Olin Sl~pht~IlS.
lolcl nit how I tic Ercnr.11 tbtiirion was of \alut* lo him on an ins
faIntd yacht ticsi,gncr.
slxt.Iion
lxYwc*t*n hiiI
lllr*
anti
Ill~:11tlilr~
a l)uiltlt*r.
rtwartl
niubl,
.lhirigs
scrvtyl
IO brrak
UIlfOrtLlllillt~l~.
a language-
harrit*I
htx~au~- in SO sm;tll
a ficltl
stxxmtlilrv.
ortlt-I . Sll
ilb il
IlilVt
it
IIrIl( Ot
ntw m;tIt~rialS
build
tion
The
thr &mrnts
Wt.11 a5 It~c~tiniilIIt5
iIS
1)icbt.d
lip
in
inrcrim.
ltltb
from
an unt!ersIanding
for many
is \erv
and
who orherwisc
of a drram
Assuming
IhaI
br*st I can
a boat
MY of plans
Oltl.
I)UI
illltl
DO noI think
building.
lht
rewarding.
experienced
could
lvith woodworking
set forth
I Irust
in this book.
desi<gncr.
non enjov
rools.
boaI.
boaring
hnd
plus a good
and
is arm4
the1.e is no reason
Ihc St-a.
with pians
and
whv an amateur
X:
BOATi3UILDlNGi'WANUAL
Chapte:
outbuildings,
people
of making
and
something
nlaterial
to form
building
sets
that
they often
turn
for boatbuilding.
Y~I, many
is 1101 all squat-c corners;
th,lt
curved
shapes
discourages
them.
And
when
thev
the
Such
look into
it usually
dimensions
jobs.
table of offunnecessarily
depriving
themselves
of a very fascinating
and satisfying
pastime.
Constructing
the first boat, however small, is an experience
not to be soon forgotten.
Watching
form
provides
carefully
a piece
over
hours
done,
grow
the finished
of furniture,
is often
through
courses
Northwest.
number
learn
The
of lucky
people
in various
so there
purpose
of this
elementary
problems
flat material
a stressful
pride
boat.
observation.
can take
When
to learn
States,
boatbuilding
principally
courses
advantage
reason
is to introduce
from starting
enough
When
day.
to the builder.
the job is
And unlike
a boat
is used
are
located
down
to building
able
to
and
the great
opportunity
to
on bnatbuilding.
construction
to live in a boatbuilding
it comes
so that
of this splendid
for books
boat
have been
in ttre Northeast
water
dont purport
to teach all the skills of an expert boatbuilder.
It is impossible
to coker briefly all the information
needed
deal
into a shapely
the years.
is still ample
involved
after
put in a corner
book
and
of great
of the United
boatbuilders
the craft,
theraI,y
parts
Unfortunately.
of would-be
drawings
vessel is a source
which
A number
take
a hull
area,
by explaining
the
e\prv
tyr::
I
of
the kind
of boat
you want,
1
.
\;-.
$
-s
\,
:9
!I
.-----L
/I
3
2
L
z
3
..
g,
r=
s
3
z
:
2
2
-T
c
<
-F
--L
\i
1,
.I/
*!tiI 1.
v
1.1
;/I ;
L;
,/I ,I 2d
J5
ii k
2
iJ ti
-,
i
=
L
E
.z
2
z
;
-g
:
3
2
-- 2
z
52
- <
z;
2.s
-2.
z E
I .-c
2 ;
- .z
t- .
2
f\
,Q
N
E
&tz
2-c
uk
b >,
2;
L4-2
GE.VER.41.
FLAT
5COWQEt
BOTTOMS
DORY OP 5r(1i=F
ALGE
VEE.
AFL
i3OiTQt.l
f3Tl-TOMS
L~c.,u~HIN~ j +.-&AE
DEEP \/EE
ROUND
OOMLE
cw
hrJE
I&TEL
+IL~oAT
BOTTOMS
i,\ 1) J&J/l
~A1Llt.I~
-ucJl-OLT
DIt.IGUf
ROAT
IcigurtbI-1. .St,t,t/fJ//s
ftl ttf/tl/t.//q/Il
fB//YlJltfl/
/lrl/ I rllrd rr~rrlrtttlrtltr~ftrtvi
trrlll.\
ner would
conform
build
have
you.
When
and
can be mastered
process
working
Bending
wood
forward
Figure
light
planks,
l-2 is a lines
ings and
templates
relative
that
will net
drawing
merits
on lofting,
designed
round-bottomed
of the
that
there
bend
for a small
will admit
parts
is not unduly
be a great
during
a discussion
on the boat
cold
construc-
boats,
and
The
of framing.
to round-bottomed
of v-bottomed
difficult
deal of fun.
such as the
must
be made
round.bottomed
which
hull.
is the making
Lines drawings
of full-size
are
hull draw-
parts.
hull
types
will never
boat,
along
to have them
of the hull.
in the chapter
everyone
the bending
is not restricted
certain
necessary
process.
In fact it can
further
or boiling
possible
the bevel
the bending
material.
detail
in detail
in the hull:
in during
in more
of bottom
for them
right
a few attempts.
by steaming
discussed
The
after
as it is entirely
ends
bent
is twisted
with relatively
will be described
tion alone,
limber
frames
especially
are
argued
far
be a v-bottomed
for a sailing
and
hull
wide,
but
as handsome
just
about
as a well-
craft.
ZliC ,
bottomed
boat
are shown
butted
to install
on the other
side.
them
against
in one piece,
In contrast,
note
extending
the number
from
possible,
depending
of pieces
that
make
up a
~;lC.2'l~:R.4
I. :i
-FLAT
Bo-?Tm
ygE 4e--q-y.
Y.2VY
__
.Figure
frame
I-3.
I\,/H~YI~(~ttr.\/rr~~/tott
for a v-bottomed
bodt.
\(vttotr\
SaA--
~Irror~glr
On the other
hand,
trr~tl
frames
/ht
Itottotttd
;dre spaced
ht~tt.\
farther
apart
in a round-bottomed
boat, so the frames are fewer in number.
Figure l-5 is a section through
a rather normal
sailboat
of the cruising
ocean
racing
type and
and-centerboard-type
recommended
helped
for
on a similat
not become
is :ypical
boats,
the
amateurs
discouraged
and
is a lot of heavy
The
of the trames,
time needed
to build
the rnaterial
board
or with
first
a hull
program.
wrinkling,
unless
of construction
is more
difficult
job than
*. and
that
surfaces,
either
he will
due to reverse
on a simpler
hull.
is such &at
it can
it is said to be developable.
surfaces
he has
deadwood.
such as plywood.
keel-
boatbuilding
is a tougher
material
The
at
or classic
keel or combination
draft.
of this kind
The framing
the planking
with developable
a computer
attempt
pieces of.flat
deep
of shallow
enough
work getting
with large
ways of designing
very
in many
be covered
the so-called
being
(S) curves
there
of either
the latter
than
graphically
are cylindrical,
There
are
on the drawing
conical,
or a com-
bination
of both, and the designer must be content with the limitations
of these curves.
Figure l-6 shows the lines for a 52-foot hull that was designed
with the aid of a computer.
This
boat
was built
of large
fiberglass
sheets:
one
for each
side.
GENERAL
A.pC
6Orz
CgEkiTER63AE~
SAL
BOA-l-
ty1
Above:
Figure
through
ty~G-d
1-4.
nrc-
Sectiot~s
nnd
round-
hotton~d
II ~11s. Right:
Figure
l-5. -f-hip t1lilfStli~)WCtI'OII O/' (111
~~u.rrli~r~~
ticrrnc
ulith
sclilhortt
rtzvrsC
showing
curzv.
hisnt
4331>
.3;7pz
&E -%+-AI s??L
--.
c
2
tI
3
$
/l1illJ.j
!I12 ~ I
p ; 1
/I11 (
iji 11
I 1-t
4-f
Ii/ / I
tc/I1-p- I
I!
! t-/ -11 I +
P-11: /
/ 4 ,--IL
I(~
3/ j
1-q i t-t
----I--cIi----
2
z
h
2
z
s
4
.
wz
= .2
i t
73+
2
5 2
=:
,<
I
2
4
I
ii
4
S-G
-2 2
I
-3
i!
I
4
iI
!I
$
2
-3 iI
t_ 11
k1----
~
-I
ft
1
.g
2
TS
. ^
9 e
P-4
E $4
;j
-1
*.
.;:
2
La
I
I!: ;
i
/
GENER.4L
R. M. %b-A(LD
Fiqurc
l-6.
PPQfLE
:I 52./oat ,Jih~r,~lu.~~
conttnt~rctu~ Ir\hrrrg bout h 1111hm~rl~ fiwP1i~p1 Oh
.\U)./flCl.\.
and
a number
of joined
strips
Flat sheets
cannot
hull
lines,
successfully
be bent
in two directions
at the same
in th- chapter
have been labeled with the names of some of the
beginner
must become familiar
with this nomenclature.
and ti
For instance,
the top edge of the hull viewed in profile is the sheet-line.
line viewed in plan is the deck line. or deck at side. A chine is obviously
between
will be exprained
draws
the lines
For hundreds
matters
time.
bottom
later.
of a v.bottomed
Since both
hull.
Other
the same,
of a hull
a designer
only
are, different
now.
material
boats
of fiberglass-reinforced
hulls,
but
resin
have
been manufactured
for 30 years, and now fiberglass
boats dominate
the standardized
boat market,
with hulls and other parts produced
in volume from expensive molds and
tooling.
However,
wood
is not dead.
States
Many
pleasure
and elsewhere.
and
Wood
commercial
is being
used
boats
in hulls
of
f~l~..~I:R.~~l.9
tional
and
manner,
covered
cold-molded
on the outside
and
saturated
of tooling
in ihe better
molded
for fiberglass
quality
plastic
and
hulls
and
fiberglass
When
demand
the finish
achieved
and
boats
finishes
such
or a welded
of some
are extensively
Wood
parts.
to avoid
that
have
as for yachts
employed
antiseptic
the cold,
become
a logical
fabrics.
for building
hulls
in the construc-
65 feet and
steel hull
with superstructure
builders.
of the larger
in the quarters
joinerwork
apj?cyrance
extension
of the
of molded
because
it provides
a feeling
longer,
welded
built
wood
aluminum
of the light
is usually
of warmth
tha:
alloy is
chosen
for
can never
be
by thr sy Iittlctics.
it is possible
a .kit boat.
to gain
There
cd by the builder
fiberglass
an introduction
are
boats
with synthetic
new scheme
cabins.
is small,
alloy construction
the choice
a relatively
on.
boatbuilding
fiberglass
mica
with resin,
a number
to boatbuilding
by purchasing
motorboats
and assembling
and
sailboats,
planking.
Most of these are furnished
with beveled parts that recare to set up the frames accurately
to form the hull. Also
paper patterns
and templates
for parts, with all the wood provid-
from
hulls,
local stock.
mostly
Then
there
for powerboats,
amateur
must be careful
to be >:tre that guidance
is provided
or available
to locate
comptrnents
such as engincss and fuel and watcr tanks. lhr weights of such items must
be positioned
so the boat will trim and run properly and safely. Some of thrsc hulls can
should not bite off more than he can chew.
IIC cluite largca. and the atnateur
Making ;I kit boat does not give the same sense of accomplishment
as building
a boat.
from scratch, 1~111the scheme dons make sense for those with limitrd spare time ot for
those who want a particular
model of boar that is available
in kit form. Listings of kit
boat manufacturers
are found
CZuirfc. In addition,
Fi.thc~rmcln. See thr
a good number
Recommended
in boating
magazine
of fiberglass
hull builders
advertise
Reading
at the end of this book.
in Nationcll
Chapter
A Set of plans
is needed
for a boarbuilding
project
to build
kit boat. Seldom does one want to build just any boat
rather there is an urge to own a
certain
tvpe, either power or sail, and usually there is an idea about the size suitable
for the intended
spent
use. There
on the search
Knowledge
scanning
contacted
for a design
of arrangements
the design
are ample
for study
sections
mechanic
offer
more
scale than
they
firms
also offer
l&at
that
the boat
for various
ample
will meet
lengths
boating
These
magazines,
be
requirements.
can be obtained
do-it-yourself
time should
your
of boats
magazines.
by the design,
of the monthly
and
by
small
drawings
architect
can
particularly
magazines
be
Molar
in the original
spxialize
full-size
Owners
sure
for plans,
of several
is offered
some
how-to-buiid
practical
to make
feasible
information.
sources
of the monthly
of what
for furttlrx
Boutzng
are several
in plans
patterns
Ruyws
Reading,
lists the names
sizes of boats, Another
Guide,
articles.
for hulls.
listed elsewhere
buildt=r,
in this book
and
under
carry
ads
in some cases
Recommended
sailboats.
Regardless
of their
source,
try to determine
whether
the plans
that
interest
you are
sufficiently
detailed for you to completely
understand
the vessels construction.
It cannot be emphasized
too strongly
that good plans are well worth their price, because
, 7.. :r cost is but a fraction
of the total cost of the boat. The cost of the plans might be
considered
as insurance
that the finished boat wilt be a success. When designers do not
draw the profusion
of details that the novice builder
would like to have, this book
should
be very helpful
in filling
in snme
of the missing
information.
19%
SLOOP
TRITON
SAIL
PLAN
5CfiE ?h.:cc
DCSlQhED
FOR
==A
THE a%
RUDDER
~~_~~~~~~LE.~J.Ee3.n
z VEr.5
Gf\tzA-
.EP.c,T.3o.ee a-.r.-.:--
7..
BE.
-PI--
I___
/;/4
B : i
OL.5
/
,;i
/
/
\
\,x
\\
\
II 1
\A \,$
1,
,.!
hMbER
2C~Ocl
lb=-=-+c%.,NO
a0
ii?i$,
P
,;I(
\)i
\y,:\
I*\,;
a,.
1(:
;,I\
ti:
(
ti;
d
/;
a
:,
:
,! ,
II
;,,:
IS
IGn
;j
1*
*,.5 l1
3..
*j I;\
\I!\!
i
;,
.
,//- --~- -~~-~~...; 1,I_
:-vi
i
1
,\
/
I.:
/
a
W-Y
w.
7 _
ii .
(1
;/
/ ._I
J
;;
.,,
w
>i
,;I
9s,
/6 I
;ipc
3,
;,:I; ___,
d
/.I8:
r!
Rudders
Figures 2-1, 2-2, 2-3. ThtJw p/am uvrt drnuw by lhr author as part ofTt.e
1948
ikut~
t$
lhl
publicalirm.
llou~ fo Build writes nrrd appeartd in rhc Fvhruary
Lnrgr-scale blwprit~h uvw off&-ed by The Rudderjor
ust ) by h o nl t>b uild t rs. Th e a rc
hot ~on;.cd fornl
nlnl;cs I i1i.q n rt4atirvly
simplr
boat lo build.
(The Rudder,
rt$rinled
ztvih pt~mi.~sion, )
:r,,;:7-2:;:
n-1
_ ---.-r
*;
.-1
.,
-.
,a;,
/JY
A
-.--
_/+---:
.-.~--~~-p---~~~.I:\,
rri
/
---___
L-J
yrrrrui
Dihw.ll,r.q
L.rnlY.iL
__....
I,.a.
L0rn-l P L-L
. . ..___I.
*.
..I,
ET
-L
.-:
0.I
p-6-
SLOOPTRllON~
L~0ldEq
+(.L,.~,-. .o.
-*ID
vus. e-7
Figure
2-2.
rJii&m
L( SRV.RD
Nz*wz
n.v Rq
PLANS
14
I would
tures,
warn
or locations
formance,
before
making
of major
regulated
tion.
safety,
the
routine
Office
of the boat,
tion
such
and
is fairly
Inspection
details
building
construction
inspection
ried.
can result
against
without
If there
Guard.
without
simple
is to be started
quickly,
The
Consult
them,
per-
the designer
Guard.
the route,
In general,
and
it should
general
arrangement
that,
in the in-
of passenger-carrying
regulations
set of plans,
Guard
in unsatisfactory
departing
you should
equipment
the service,
is a complete
a craft,
at least obtaining
of the U. S. Coast
of superstruc-
for Hire
construction
by the U. S. Coast
heights
of seaworthiness.
and if he advises
Passengers
lines,
not start
The
reduction
of
in the hull
Such procedures
changes,
should
changes
weights.
any major
plans
Every year
passengers,
terest
making
off using
Plans
you against
boats
strict,
is
but you
an application
is made
for the
the number
of passengers
be submitted.
otherwise
if construc-
are necessary
and
drawings
to be caralso
and equipment
They no longer
requirements
and lists the plans that must be submitted
for approval.
offer the book for free, but they can tell you the location of a govern-
ment
that
bookstore
stocks
the publication.
lf
yi;b
3;d+
-r-Lzle--
-se -/
)
f,
.I..- -1
.. .
L....
...1m-m..
Vn-lm-U-*
m-.-1
n . . . .. e ..*
*-le.
.-. <-3?
L......
..-- ZLt9-6OOP TRITOW
~ONSTRU~ION
PLAN
a,,..,su-
Figure
2-3.
1
--_
j
-- /
.-
---iq
A
7
4LCTAT~
Gii&R
pf mol5L4T
6.4
,TCWbRD
Chamer
difference
between bqatbuilding
and common
carpentry.
The construction
of a simple
plywood-planked
boat, either as a kit or one started from scratch,
calls for a minimum
of tools.
mer,
For such
hand
sufficient.
saws,
One
a boat,
planes,
item
the amateur
may
of home workshop
a brace and bits,
starting
is a number
of
clamps, either the C or bar type. It seems as though one never has enough of these;
they really :,re indispensable.
The one power tool that is well worth the money in labor
saving,
of boats,
is a % R electric
drill.
square,
a level.
rule or measuring
tape,
work,
and useful
dividers,
and
but it should
from
start to finish,
a carpenters
not
pencil
be a cloth
tape
are a 24 carpenters
compass.
that
Also essential
stretches.
is a
For making
justable
sliding bevel such as Stanley Tools No. 25 or No. 18. Thi: is used for transferring bevels from drawings
to the lumber
and picking up bevels in many ways, as you
will learn.
Needless
A relatively
to say, both
new kind
up in boatbuilding
is the Stanley
blade.
There
which
a scraper-like
carpenters
of tool that
with
Surform,
holders
in a curve,
a short,
is often
that
featuring
a unique
two file-like
curved
and machinists
useful
holders,
blade.
The
throwaway
wood planes,
one of which
holders
rasp-like
is round,
for curved
one of
and also
blades
are
15
16
7001.S
ADlUmABLE
0.
L\PPED
.k?Llobk5
C. %AI=EFDoT
Figure
3-l.
particularly
tool.5 ltlrlt
good
The
in boat work.
D.
c-f CLAMP
E.
ADIU~-AI~LE
CHIP
blades
AUGER
BAL?
Surform
fiEVEL
ADZE
CLAMP
cut wood,
plastic,
wortzstlo~.
such as lead.
It takes a lot of fastenings
twist drills.
latter
Thehc
kind
hardwood
useless.
even
though
or metal
In all but
to make
a boat sound;
the smaller
the drills
boats
car1 be bored
slow-turning
electric
and
there
heats
carbon
the carbon
will be some
steel
holes
required
and
become
These
drill
is a must.
long enough,
available
Some
rather
them
smaller
builders
than
by welding
than
and
you must
an auger.
If the standard
a rod onto
develop
your own
drills
are not
chuck.
must
that a great
many
all be sunk
into
the number
and counterbores
to prevent
of separate
on the market.
holes to enable
operations,
them
splitting
there
boat construction.
to be driven
into
hard-
countersinks
Both of these tools first drill a hole for the body of the
TOOLS
screw;
the countersink
screw,
while
gadgets
then
both
eliminating
have
an
much
of available
similar
sheet
to the profile
name
have
for these
diameters
they
and
equal
a stop
drills
drills
and
of screws.
thus
pilot
They
are
of the
plug.
valuable
These
time-savers:
of working
Unfortunately,
twice
the range
expensive
construction
that
do
out of a steel
of the screw
of the drill
bits,
can
expendable.
the head
be desired.
of more
two diameters,
to the diameter
screw
and
look as though
on the shank
is wood
lengths
are cheap
These
to take
for a wooden
on fastenings.
tools
of hole
as might
drilling
hole
in the chapter
more
some
for depth
changing
are shown
the hole
a straight-sided
adjustment
shank,
up by shaping
drills
baclr-and-forth
follows
the counterbore
17
to control
and
they
be burned
These
depth
are sold
when
and
of the hole.
One
drilling
hardwoods,
but
in the rhapter
on
fastenings.
Old-hand
especially
nail
boatbuilders
when
often grind
twist drills
a hole is to be made
fastening.
The
tapered
point
to a tapered
completely
does not
through
tear
point
similar
the wood
the wood
to a gimlet,
as the drill
goes through.
adze,
The
workman,
foregoing,
chances
heavy
in the hands
the guidance
it will be apparerlt
mention
has
are good
that
your home
go ahead
and
start
shop.
and,
when
pieces
in the hands
of wood.
who
of a
of the inexperienced,
of someone
so it is best to
has plenty
lumber
if the planking
and
hatch
because
ference
being
in bearings
mozt
because
of adze
time
but small
labor-saving
now than
which
and
for cutting
decks.
and
should
curved
for cutouts
If
ex-
By far
be 12 or 14 in
will do most jobs
A portable
planking
for
out
of
depth
screwdriver.
power
ever before.
arbor
the
really
have competitive
screws
and
of them.
tools arent
can be a labor-saver.
and power,
hand
from the
need,
in plywood
is an electric
these
omitted
ever
with many
also be used
makers
will
equipped
not essential,
for a table
saber
you
common
openings
of anything
of the
while
It can
even repuLable
boats
is already
table
brand,
One
panels.
is the bandsaw,
rircular
jointer,
thickness.
of most
anyway,
for boatbuilding
A 4.inch
some hand
workshop
boat
cuts an 8-inch
up plywood
the hull
that
made
as you go along.
workshop
are more
circular
the plank
been
your
cutting
drill,
when
but
than
the grain
his belt.
As we progress.
not,
under
across
to the limbs
under
is a smooth-cutting
is a wonderful
also be dangerous
learn
which
like a
usu-
electric
in a good
lines.
Somewhat
but it is a tremendous
labor-saver
are to be driven.
tools
is the
sander,
and
it helps
in
prevent
boredom,
too.
planking
The
whether
is good
fiberglass.
up joinerwork.
Another
power
labor-saver
during
plane,
This
is all that
familiarity
Sources
and
longer
one such
as the S-inch
a certain
up lead
about
ability
so dont
a luxury,
of boats
than
ballast
tools because,
down
sander
of
the best,
skimp.
but which
is an enormous
25 feet long,
plane
made
is an electric
by Skil. This
keels.
as mentioned
with woodworking
the seams
is about
in sanders,
be considered
is a lightweight
as cutting
the orbital
in the introduction,
assumed.
for Tools
.4 few places
both
are mentioned
below
for woodworking
of course, Sears,
revised annually.
Brookstone
Company,
Wood
Wade
and
that
are
metaiworking.
known
for stocking
a good
selection
of
is,
Craftsman
Garrett
is important
might
will be said
jobs
the construction
been
for such
For finishing,
and
quality
tool that
tools,
disc sander
Service
Co.,
Road,
Peterborough,
New Hampshire
is
03458.
Inc.,
ca:alog
is so beautifully
illustrated
it should bc a collertors
item.)
W.1,. Fuller Inc., P.0. Bax 8767, Warwick,
R.I. 02888. (They sell the barefoot
wood auger hits shown in Figure :I- 1 .)
Wetzler Clamp Co., Inc.. 43-15 11th Street. Long island City, New York 11101. (A
manufacturer
of clamps only and will sell direct IO boatbuildcrs.)
313 Montvalc
Avenue,
Woburn,
Massachusetts
01801.
Woodcraft
Supply Corp.,
(Another
ing.)
Woodworkrrs
New Mexico
Supply,
X71 12.
illustrated
Inc.,
P.O.
catalog
Box
that
14117.
Menaul
NE,
to purchasAlbuquerque,
Chapter
Wood
rtlmain:;
a favoritt*
marerials.
of
many
out of which
proft5sionais.
nrr sui~nblr
the amateur
tIrspirt*
It is beyond
provtn rlutahit*
st rengr h
iimite(1
10 the small
numher
onr
the surface
in rhe llnited
01 commonly
a boat.
and ir
for bonthuiiding.
can build
States
accepted
of I he most
on rhts subjrcr
dlone,
boatbuilding
of
so I will limit
woods
and
and
availabltordinary
that
shortness
fully untlers:ands
Ihe builder
TV.
Sawing
qualities.
aimosi
to obtain
ht. no compromise
is consideI~ecl.
the high
in the matter
grade
lumber
of lumber
trouble
needed
quatiry.
of good
is advisrd
to seek
material
of
is of little conse-
of Lumber
Grain
is formed
tation
has much
by the angle
orirntation
in boards
been
and
felled
of the annual
trimmed.
upon
is GUI from
to run
a saw
19
A.
Figure
PLAIN
e.
SAWN
QUARTER
SANM
4- 1.
as shown
in A of Figure
4- 1. -!-his is called
plain
sawing,
and all
but one or two of the boards sawn from the log in this manner
are called slash grain or
tlat grain.
A more expensive
and more wasteful
method
of cutting
up the log. B in
and the rrsultinp;
boards are known as rift, verFigure 4- I 1 is ralicd quarter
sawing.
tical.
or edge-grain
boards.
Figure
from the
Seasoning
Wood
for ,tlmost
content
prewnt
,~ny purpose
or more
the weight
sorption
wood
has taken
at a11 must
on as much
4-2.
time
or scbasoned to reduce
the content
absorption
into
SAWN
LOG7
thr moisture
may be as much
wood contains
FLAlh;
Figure
be tlricd
as half
moisture,
themselves.
When
abthe
ilOOU
saturation
point.
percent,
In this condition
and no shrinkage
process
ot reducing
hoatbuilding
the moisture
material,
level is wanted,
the moisture
to about
wood
shrinks
further
content
this percentage
15 percent,
if more
is reduced.
moisture
about
Seasoning
an acceptable
After
it seasons
is removed
21
25
is the
level for
to whatever
moisture
is taken on. Shrinking
or swelling is greatest in a direction
parallel to the annual rings, thus slash-grain
boards cup more than rift-sawn ones and appear as shown
in Figure
4-YA dfter
reducing
thickness
seasoning.
than
Shrinkage
width,
of rift-sawn
producing
boards
lumber
with grrater
tlian flat-grain
ones (Figure 4 :!H), and t<br 1hia rcasrjn
planking.
tlccking.
and other boar parts.
tends
more
dimensional
t.oward
stability
is desirable
for
depending
upon
only
I hr
air-dried
thickrl:*ss
wood
done
right
in boatyards.
for material,
lumber,
of the
and
On the other
so ;he lumber
is often
a process
It is
pieces.
on nutnerous
hand.
place-d
that
gt*~lt*rilll~
modern
occasionh
1 hate
production
in a kiln to be dried
cannot
in a number
of days.
Itgitl-dlt?iS
Of
cwen dry.
Drying
surface
illld
the wood.
cessively
and
Lumber
during
for boats
the building
swell unduly.
be used
leave
the selection
boatbuilding.
and
checks,
made
properly
These
decay.
not
of the wood
results.
the moisture
The
to the experts
also know
or nondurable
or it will shrink
that
sapwood.
and
types of planking
for determining
for correct
people
be too green
nyr must
very serious.
There are meters
must.
must
period.
boat
PX-
moisture
the latter
condition
could
content
of wood.
and
best procedure
who understand
lumber
check
should
be
they
is to
of
knots
Kinds of Wood
In the northeastern
this
country
was
the
born,
established
long
other
of the country,
parts
areas
frames
east,
or Alaska
cedar
or Douglas
of wood
makes
little
materials
that
with untried
members
with
might
be yellow
pine
mav
products
Coast.
rot in a short
was
from
added
made
to
in certain
for boatbuilding.
As a
and
As tong as it is proven.
involves
time
in
woods
lumber
has been
being
woods
in the South,
but a boat
native
lands,
localities.
boatbuilding
the years,
foreign
these
difference,
available
Through
from
be of oak in most
backbone
tike to think
certain
of local
experience
would
many
its worth.
with substitutions
other
choice
of using
has proven
of satisfactory
example,
where
as well as material
woods,
as a result
typical
practice
States,
too much
.rr be brittle
the
work to gamble
or not hold
fasten-
ings.
As a guide,
approxitnate
moisture
per board
woods,
together
with principal
properties
and
at 12 percent
content.
White
Oak
Weight
al.2 l~Oll~~llS
iItlO~ll
dradwood,
(11.
stiff,
I)Uleat)lt~,
(htilty).
and
strong,
holds fastenings
excrp.
thus excellent
for frames, but for this purpose
Also used extensivrlv
for all !rackbonr
members
~hd
oak grows
white*
iI1
?kw
Enghnd.
and
it
is
the oak
such as
dxilJln~tic
11 should
be noted
when
it is at
Douglas
Weight
aii possible
and
about
)
,.!I
importance.
California.
plywood
to tind
is a much
less durable
white
panels.
greater
than
supply
white
oak and
white
is to br avoided
oak.
and
Pine
(Longleaf!
Weight
about
useful
for stringers,
is not of
~oI-
IO house
3.4 pounds
clamps,
keels,
and straighl-graincd.
for Sitka sfrruce
planking
whtn rift sitwtr. Grows it; Oregon,
Washington.
from which veneer is peeled for manufacture
into
Logs dre IiligC.
Douglas fir is often called Oregon
pine. Green fir is often found in
Yellow
oak
Strong
catering
for stringers,
(metlium).
t)ounds
lumber
vards
scasoiling.
white
there
and
Fir
c~fitmfrs. scrmctimes
utmost
here
is weaker
builders
(heavy).
Strong,
deadwood,
etc.
and
May
this should
very durable,
and straight-grained.
if weight
is not a factor,
be available
in good
further
Used
also as a substitute
long
lengths
for
in some
localities.
this.
Has been
Grows
reported
in Southern
as not durable
United
States
in fresh water.
in Atlantic
and
but
Gulf
I cannot
substantiate
states.
-White Pine
Weight
about
of which
decks
were
2.1 pounds
used
in yacht
because
building.
the wide,
White
(tight).
clear
is seldom
boards
durability
except
Genuine
in the construceion
for inlerior
seen
available
of many
northern
white
of sailing
ships
nowadays.
make
varieties
pine.
years
White
pine
it a tempting
makes
enormous
ago and
quantities
often
for laid
is mentioned
material
here
joinerwork.
Cedar
as juniper.
southern
1,111its uniformity
moisturetight
r;nt)idty.
taycsr is usually
wit II or wilhout
trunk
swamp
cedar,
It is not
for planking.
are especially
Soaks up
good for
and resistance
bum shrinkage
I;lt)str;lk(* t~lank4
white crdar,
in and
Port Orford
Cedar
clear.
and srraight-grained.
Weight
ah0ul
Z.-l puntis
(iigilr ). Moderarely
strong,
1 Irartwcxxi VVI-;C~c*sis[ant iti rot I!4
for planking
and bright finisht*tt decks. Grows in
sout I)(,111Orc*gon ;11i(t nor-rllc~ri
CI,llifornia
anti IS d material
familiar
Wcstcrn
Wt.ight
and
made.
as
Has a
Red Cedar
ahout
1 .!I f)ounAs
rnal~riai
to thcb tavman
been
(lighl).
Ilighly
1lli.s wood.
rvsisldnl
howt ver.
10 rol and
is soft and
availahltweak.
in good widths
thus
Cypress
Modvralcly
slrcmg.
(rncdiuni~.
Mcighl at)out 2.X founds
rot. Llscd for f)ianking
wlww wc,ight is not ;I f;l<.tor hrcausc
cxttnl.
making
heartwood
very rtxistanr
it steaks up water
to
IO a great
Grows in southern
low
swamplands
of the United
who understands
Sitka
States.
If you wani
in a boat.
fmd a supplier
strength
Spruce
Weight
about
2.4 pounds
and availability
a narrow
(tight).
in long, clear
strip
from
craft
quality.
aircraft
Spruce
(Northern
believe
under
spars
shrinkage,
high
it ideal
for spars.
to Alaska.
Not
have proper
it or not,
there
particularly
care.
are
Grows on Pacific
Stilt available
always
Coast in
resistant
plenty
10 rot,
construction.
White)
make
California
when
because
wooden
Moderate
lengths
northern
High strength
for weight. not very resistant
to rot.
where weight-saving
is the primary
consideration.
in New England.
Philippine
Weight
Mahogany
about
laucl~l and
trim
to use cypress
this.
3.0 pounds
tnn~llr
attractive
for
mahoganies.
relatively
darker
Weight
varies
and
and
trim.
color
considering
as firsts
are exlcnsively
When
Somewhat
vary
more
iis qualiiies.
for woods
ior planking
for color
difficult
Holds
According
10 finish
fastenings
boatbuilders
as
and
and is
and grain
io one iarge
known
material
srtrc~ed
considerably.
and seconds
than
well
true
and
importer.
prefer
it is
is
the
the more
red variety.
from medium
to heavy.
and
planking
than
more
and
expensive.
finish
nyankom,
Honduras,
exterior
the so-catl?d
Lemwerder,
Germany,
builders
African
mahoganies
are Khava
finish,
Philippine
Honduras
material.
Mexican,
and African
mahoganies
and interior
joinerwork
of flile yachts.
mahoganies,
are better
looking,
or Mexican
According
mahogany
to
Abeking
is a favored
and
Rasmussen
easier
firstnf
past Abeking
and Rasmussen
stated
that arc riot suitable,
so here again
woods.
that
name
and an excellent
are heavier
10 finish,
quality
is the market
Mahoganies
sides
inexpens,vt
expensive,
Other
of builders
cabin
is known
Islands
It is decay.resistant
Hardness
besr grade
This
in the Philippine
in this country.
(medium).
they should
be acceptable
to anyone.
In the
WOOD
25
Teak
Weight
about
durable.
The
3.5
pounds
Has a natural
acceptable
States
that
kind
teak trim
dulls
bottom
tools quickly,
White
as strong
excludes
as people
moisture
and thus
or Thailand
think.
trim.
Teak
decks
to a whitish
finish
that,
in the opinion
Worms
shrinkage.
in the United
as a rule;
of many,
has no
of a keel as protection
Teak
extremely
has minimum
the bottom
but
and is so expensive
anti-fouling
Not
in Burma
periodically
Varnished
wood
oil that
is grown
(heavy).
paint
is rubbed
off.
adding
somewhat
also contains
a gritty
substance
that
it.
Ash
Weight
about
durable.
3.4 pounds
Used
desirabtp.
for deck
Suitable
for sailboat
(heavy).
beatns
Straight-grained.
as a substitute
for s:tAam-bending
tillers
and
and
an old standby
strong
and
very
reduction
in weight
is
boat
frames;
also a favorite
or
tamarack.
for oars.
Hackmarack
Weight
about
3.1
pounds
durable.
Only
the
roots,
(medium),
from
also
which
called
natural
larch
crooks
arc
made,
are
Tough
used
and
for boat-
huitding.
Slems
hancl.
Ahrking
for small boats and knees are cut from rhc-se crooks. On rhe other
and R;~sI~~ss~~~ once told nit that larch was tht-ir sc:ctmtt choice
(twtlind
mahogany)
African
Alaska
Cedar
Weight
ahout
2.6 pounds
very
resistant
used
fkartwood
Summer
white
Wood:
.-I Manual
of Ships,
old belief
Straight-grainrd.
shrinkage
sapwood
moderately
usually
narrow.
that
in the opinion
durable
wood comes
of a jolt to come
lumber.
heartwood
Cutting
it was something
1957.
still given
strong.
when seasoned.
Good for planking
and
southeastern
Alaska to southern
Oregon.
it is grown,
in boatbuilding,
therefore
summer-cut
where
yrttow,
about
winter:
than
Minimum
vs. Winter
Cutting
In the remarks
Bureau
An
(medium).
to decay.
is bright
fclr planking.
wide currency
The
belief
is that
is based
of most.
from
trees felled
if not all, of
in the
paragraphs
Colurn~ I, U.S.
lumber
on the erroneous
is more
assumption
in
Navy
durable
that
in
26
L1001)
winter,
tually,
sap in winter
The
sound
objection
if left exposed
and
by insects
attack
sawing
after
felling,
damage
Strength
that
standtng
trees contain
tree.
about
Ac-
as much
and
and
to summer-cut
to high summer
decay
good
to summer-cut
fungi.
piling
lumber
is that
temperatures
Reasonable
and
likely
seasoning
particularly
methods,
remove
prompt
the danger
a comparison
in order
of strengtlis
of strength,
with
per board
foot again
above
are listed
shown.
pOU&S
White
ash
3 .-I
Cypress
2.8
White
oak
4.2
Sitka
2.4
3.4
Northern
2 9
Port
ltbak
3 .!I
Alaska
c-<hda~
liackmatack
llondur-as
mahog;~*ly
3.1
White
cedar
2.6
1.9
2.9
White
pine
2.1
Philippint
:3. 0
Western
Yellow
pint
Ih~~glas
fir
"nlilhOp~~IlV"
it is recommrndcd
Iltrrrtlhook
ASS
of
material.
pound3
under
to
checking
vs. Weight
Because
below
conclusively
as in summer.
only
deteriorate
such
in the summer.
Recommendc,d
Design
lhe strength
white
Orford
2.4
spruce
2.4
cedar
1.9
red ct*dar
more
U.S.
about
Department
wood acquire
the CVood
of Agriculture.
listed
in this book.
t.lns.\l~g Kt~lrrfi)rwtl
of Shipping,
Reading
Laboratory,
spruce
woods
are listed
the American
counterpart
of L!oyds
Register
of the American
of Shipping.
Bureau
ABS specifies
per square
inch
as follows:
Est ronl(J
SptTitJs
Comprt~ssion
FiSer in
Parallel
Rrn ding
to Grain
Ash, whit<
Cedar,
Alaska
1866
1466
1466
1066
Fir ~ Douglas
2000
1466
lIOO1)
Extwvrv
I.cll,lf,rr~.ssiorl
Fiht,r
111
Ihrtlllt~l
If)
Gruin
Mahogany
2330
1333
Oak,
white
1866
1333
Pine,
longleaf
2000
1466
Spruce,
yellow
Sitka
Teak
* 35 punf1.t
per
~01~
/ool
mini~num
27
1466
1066
l!JOO
1200
uvrght
Plvwood
Panels
composed
items
that
awaited
werr
to be protected
the ctcvelopment
off a boom
of plvwood
by amateurs
almost
on
and
in the marinr
produc:ion
fibtsrglass
glued
use of completely
basis.
Plywood
because
but
than
boartls
have
boat
weight
and sailb;,;?ts
lot of time.
Although
hulls.
as decks
and
plvwood
tion.
panel5
unless
fit on a surface
mentioned
has compound
it has been
ings.
Only
expr.rieric.t% can
If you should
happen
for
for limited-
bulkheads
instead
of a number
it is not theoretically
found
curvature.
and
plywood
in-
panel5
that
of small
to plank
a hull
with
However
the bottom
in both powerboats
possible
in reft~renct-
pl;rnking
of certain
arc-bottomed
IOti1lttl
this.
supc~rstructure5
can be of importance*
gone
is still a place
in Chapter
that
above.
that
with panels
As nit-ntioned
There
of boats made
a matter
can br savc~i
and working
manufacturers
thickness
touched
but mostlv
and it is extensively
of equal
purposes
This
stock
tcsrior joinrrwork
in hulls of all construc.tion
types.
Being made of thirl layers of wood srrurcly
bonded
are stiffer
c~f fibrrglass
waterproof
the
line building
boats,
together
the weather,
hull building.
a one-off
tc)tally to production
plywootl
from
heartbreak.
Plywood
each other,
alwavs
plywood,
is made by laying up thin layers of wood with tile grain at right angles to
and the number
of layers is always cldri so that the <grain of the face plies is
parallel.
The
for instanct-.
number
might
of plies
have
and
two thin
their
thickness
are
important.
thicker
Cheap
inner
k
ply.
MOOD
whereas
can
a better
readily
relatively
grade
be seen
weak
when
against
the grain
ciently
a knife
for a smooth
cracks
worst whe;l
ing,
using
called
paini
that
;I f,lywood
Fir f,lywootl
kind
at its desired
is exposed
matfe
is acceptable
work that
f)e of nlarine
grade.
This
paint
guarantees
fjroof adhesive,
that a minitnum
number
voids in thrs inner f,lir3 are minitnal.
Plywood
Grading
Previous
ctlitions
tnanufa(.turt~r.
of this
book
I1.S. Plvwood
gr-ading
the times.
ilkformation
becausx
there
data
plastic
than
wds available
suffi-
develops
is at its
is used
manufac-
with either
laminates
is to be covered
or for interior
one
such as
with a synjoinerwork,
are bonded
by a large
Champion
for boatbuilders
is a for of plywood
finish
with water-
furnished
now called
to tame
or plywood
the veneers
of patches
carried
Corp.,
that
a paint
is to be covered
Formica.
It can also be used for planking
and decking that
thetic cloth. such as fiberglass
and resin.
Plvwood for any purpose in a f)oar, whether for planking
should
thus most of
difficult
oband
it difficult
by coating
for interior
fir.To
to the elements.
can make
somewhat
It
will be
in a lathe
thickness;
sn that
as time
of Douglas
placed
in number
thickness.
panel
ply.
fogs are
badly
equal
three-ply
is made
the
greater
sealer
of the inner
finish.
of about
the
of plywood
paneis.
wild grain,
become
tht plywood
of the modern
to the grain
edge that
e,ch
construction,
plywood
in interior joinerwork,
checking
Such checking can be alleviated
turers.
angle
parallel
for making
is flat g-ain,
hairline
right
and inexpensive
turned
with
bent
that
rrsuftcd
before.
around
marine
Building
in the receipt
This
plywood
Products.
Asking
of eben more
of horrible
quality.
Mat-inc.-gratis
plvwood panels art laminated
with waterproof
phenol-formaldehyde
or rc*sorc.incll glut>. anrf th:, fac(* f)lics are all grade A veneers. while there is a choice
grade
A or gracfr
H backs.
of either
Douglas
fir or fauan
detail,
although
there
is little
masinlum
4 x 8 pantbl.
for
B.
of
11~ panel
four (ori* gaf)s in any ply. with (ore gaps not to exceed
including
to eighteen
with no more
a
in a
than
suf~erimf)ost~d.
Marine
plywood
A-2.
panels
rotary
(An
art offered
lauan.
A-A panel
overlay
grades
in the following
types:
marine
fir. grades
A-A
means
the back
Durapfy
This panel
is good
for bulkheads
and partitions
llOI)l)
is also made
fauan
hefortb.
fini5fl.
.fhr m:lrlrlcs ttbak f>an(*fs matfv
teak
vrnrer)
grain
fjfain-slicvcl
variarions
IIIt
II.S
f~fvwooti.
:lIlti
ChilIll~S~t~Il.
rtrail
fly dtzrcclrtf
rflrough
a paint
I0 lotarv
cut
niatchcd
for color and
afic,:>rctf. <;r;l(fy A-.,j is used when
indications
grade
1IOWtVlI
her SillC~~comparlv.
usuaffy
othrrwist.
t~ltv sUp])lV
concxr11 tflal
All0ltlt~l'
X cxmiparcd
grad? B backs.
Cflampion
is a company
rnatc~rials.
f)\. C~hnmf~ion
lcbak
wilh snlalf
f)uiftiing
fauan.
as Lgratfr GIS.
f)ac k. Optionally.
as mrntionvcf
rotar\l
29
fflcir f,ro(lucts
vard
tunittu
onfv
,A- 2 is availahfv
ourftqs
witi) a choice
wtaif known
br.atttqxyi
of
as float.
rflroughout
SOI::~~
IIdS
lvak. an(f
Bruvn;rwl
Baf~inlc)l-t~ , Marvlanti
2 1230. lrv Harbor forot!lcrwisr.
.ff~cv usually
carrv il Dutch-made
th.~l is superbfv nla(fr, aff)eit ;1 flit t)rl the heavy
4th..
Plywood
Panel
Sizes
fflf- lolfowinq ih
01 f)fvM.()o~f f)CIntf sin-s
tiic,;llc-ti II? *) ;Intf Ifarf)or Salt3 (intfic~arcd fq
il
rill)lC
.\I(Irlrrf I*/1
, (3.f,lV) 4x s !hi 4 10* + 14-f*
Iy (.r,-pi) 48
? (:PpIy)
(i-f+)
!)li+
!o*
144*
in illt.ht3
i ).
IciH*
ItiX*
I!)P*
.I()*
48 s !W I0 4 I.14 +
4H s 96 4~ 121) + 11 I
, (7 p!y) 48 s !?(i* -
I0 + 144 +
I (i-ply) 4H s 96 + I0 *
I Iq (!I-f,lY) 4x s 9ri
l-1-f +
I~fll~lrp
l.tll/illl
,lH s !Mi I
I0 I.14
I0
- + 1.14* 4
IL(5.plv)
4x s 96 t
I0 4 l,fd +
,( (7.f,fY) 48 s wi*
,Varirrc
I,, (3.[IV)
Kihtwll
I0 i
f-14
l.nucltr
4x x Lx*
, (5.]I?)
-18 Y 96
, (5.fjly)
48 x 96 * 120*
;Iv.lil;if)ft-
Iron1 (:h;imf)itrn
(iri-
SO
II 001)
Special
Both
Sizes of Plywood
(Ihampjon
Champion.
sviclttls
10
Ml,
imum
iiar bar
l+;trt)or
I hI( kwss
start5
Exterior
Grade
in sites
p,snrl:;
t on4stc .a
C1ti! ;i single
r,l H,
malit.
other
than
stock.
of $,,.
panels fr-on! b !o I IL thick in increments
(A friend of mine built several hundred
hard-chine
width
otfcrs
width,
with
panels
pant.1
on
each
in any length.
a maximum
length
side of about
with a maxof H1/2. Panel
at %.
Plvwood
Salts\ 0ftc.r 10
mentions
for instance.
and ll*ngths ot Sti
,~ss;iulf h),irs
s(i feet.)
anti
usrd
grath~.
exterior
grade
plywood
sue_h as delamination,
is not recommended
instead
of
have been
unless
one is
~lh\ol~/(,l~ c,t,rfo/n that the panels ar,- made with truly waterproof
glue, that all voids
arc pluggc~l hv the- bui!dcr IO prevent the entrance
of water, and that the weaker conSIIEC tion
iniltbrc.llt
of plies is suitable
Cutting
IhIt.
IO
gra(lt-
Plywood
[Iit*
hitIt* w ht.11
Figure
rtiili
4;lwtYl
4-4.
\t-ntt-t\
,~nct
th,l:
Ilidkt
utl .I
I).41~c~i
lumber
1lf~Ol~
c!amped
always
on the
Lightweight
there
of the panel
by a fine-toothed
portable
are blades
panels
held
underside
be made
circular
with
fine
Bending
will eliminate
crosscut
teeth
made
when
for just
to the edge
rather
this
splintering.
than
much
sharp
block
parallel
up.
is to be cut.
and
The
plane
should
of the plywood
plywood
this purpose.
Cuts
31
edges
of plywood
to it.
Plywood
it is advantageous
to dry-bend
thickness.
The following
chart
panel wi!l take. Pant-l thickness
two panels
60
72
of laminated
often
!Jfi
3fi
solid
of the availability
wood
allows curved
7
Wi
I92
144
40
parts
144
or plywood
of watt-t-proof
to be made
particularly
that
laminated
beams.
Laminations
are tnuch
laminating
an assembly
that
solid
would
in hoat
at room
with minimum
construction
temperature.
waste of material
and
ICS:; likely
thr
material,
cheap
tluc to
are
to check
trot necfxsarily
ilrt'
have
and
split
the strength
for laminating
to a lamination,
cure
sue-h as deck
although
he used
l.kIil
adhesives
parts
laminating
and so arc ho;low spars. Laminated
thtb time that must be taken to prt*pare the form and
strong,
a dry
(0)
24
<;lut~cl parts
Lamination
(;rclill
Wood
hc-cause
(W)
2
I I,
I!
Laminating
bend
P~~mllt~l to
I,,I
1:
,
II
finished
manner.
become
than
of the
non-laminated
wood
4-4 is greater
quite
ingenious
itself.
than
parts.
a1111
the strength
if it were made
at conr,oc.ting
or that wouid
of durability.
of
ot
forms
be inferior
3
. 9L
11001)
Fi,gure
if sawn from
series
of cleats
clamped.
Another
is fastened
of a tiller.
The shape
in place
type of form
to secure
is shown
in C. and
$, thick,
the form
it can
which
stock or plywood.
Fir plywood
ably from
Harbor
A part
or on the floor,
to which
the lamination
is available
quite
to laminate
will be
either
ftom Champion
sharply
and a
solid
as
deckhouse
roof corners. rockpit coaming
corners.
and the like. D is a sketch of a form
used to ,gluc up right- and left-hand
parts with twist, such as the bulwark
rails at the
bow of a boat
No matter
is constructed.
there
in all forms:
be covered
with waxed
glued
10 tlte part
Ihrrt~
being
of the lamination
thirt encrugh
shape
have
time
in place
Wttt-tt
luml~c~
Icngtl1s
holding
I,umber
Scarphing
(a11
them
is nc)t ol~tainal~lt~
wood
just
01w
buitcling
firm
4X706,
is incleed
photograph.
ltlt~
the
I)y
magarines
such
ltlic*rs. M. 1..
that
they must
thin,
be
you will
to clamping.
lengths
shorter
Ilowevet
espec-ially
a toot caiteci
Brothers.
the Scarffer
Inc.,
706
slartin
to the amateur
and
profession,tl
Street,
L&1!; City.
alike.
Michigan
As shown
in the
is an attachment
for a portable
circular
saw.
it is said to cut a clean sc-arph with a single pass
has been
finding
Companv.
of the needs
I~oatlmilding
catering
f-/:\/lf~~~tWIl.
l-hey
white oak.
has
(long
Plains.
teak.
Hart-a
and cypress,
before
there
Rome
of hr?at builders.
C.;cnuc.
as well as plywood.
Company.
mail
Tampa.
been
39 West
cnder.
Florida
10603,
Another
supplier
19th Street,
In the Snutheast,
33601.
reduced
in boating
of these sup-
New York
1001 I. Harras
301 North
wood
to b0irtlruilderS
and others. One
White
Avenue,
is John
York
,~fl~r(J~I(L/
258 Ferris
Co111panv.
plywood!).
red cedar.
good
of supplirrs
1s i2c~JtlcQrtRf>cit,
advertising
New
of
~Cl~~t~itist~lll~~IltS
COIK~CJI~
in the Northeast
Lumber
prcrblem
IlIt*
as uutvrproof
aware
strips except
with a routet-.
for Roatbuilding
I~ortun;1tc~lv.
Lumt:rr
prior
a lot of f)atience.
01 interest
Figure
son1cwI1;tt
York.
becoming
saw.
Sources
Uestcrn
be remembered
it from
llat -scarphs
Iry hand
Consc~quentlv
of Gclugecul
easily.
in long enough
(a11
that must
to prevent
and Plywood
paper
laminated.
a hard
is one thing
New
Logan
IIOOD
Figure
4-5.
Huilhs
1att.r)
33
art fortunatt~
c.rclar.
Wettbrn
rt4
nit-ranti.
whit~h is similar
iI colti-molded
to havt~ a supplier
vtBrric;il grain
Douglas
to Ihili;~pine
for
Lompnv.
woodcn
hull
In vtnrer
fir.
mahoganv.
vt=rtical
(mart*
;tt,out
stc)rk,
eirhtbr
grain
Silka
.Ihis marcrial
Figure
4-6.
the
jiirm,
joints
by
The
grain
spruct~.
is scockrd
out
this method
vertical
or red
in good
Ort-gon
Scarljfer,
97030.
put
Gougc~or~ Brothers
vs~mplifie.~
in plywood
cu/ting
sheets.
scarph
34
lI:OOL)
Prevention
of Wood Decay
and it should
rot, Decay
present
be remembered
is caused
by fungi
to grow,
. The
moisture
75-90 degrees
of decay
that
certain
content
is to select
conditions
must
Wood
that
durable
in
to
between
of moisture,
be on the order
woods
temperature,
and
of 25-30 percent,
is always
is continuously
air must
be
the temperature
of
there is no
air present.
There
will be more
cabin.
where
watet
to grow.
In addition
to the
against
leaks that
fungi
and
reduce
on
natural
the importance
and
marine
borers.
These
of these
the experience
as the best,
1 hdrc
for fnotection
against
like,
being
in preventing
decay
mot-t
various
dipped
woods
and
temperature
the
precautions
cheap,
easy
are toxic to
IO apply,
and
they
pieces.
in
such
container
I am
Although
naphthanate;
~rluCl;inl
then
to recommend
I have talked
portit up TBIC)
dnd wood-tit~stroyitig
borers
miirilw
was copper
recently
IBIO (trihutyl
tin oxide)
names bv marine paint manufacturers
of boatbuildt~rs
smaller-
anal
are
c losr.lv ehdtirittt-d
lhesc~ preset-vatives
brusheci
of some
chemicals
preparations
along,anci
resistance
of drcav.
l~~~t~tit~~t~loro~~ht~t~~~l
c ame
Icht
to avoid
just waiting
bv the builder,
many
of building
he trapped,
decay
can he taken
the chances
I;or
later
can enter
bv brushing
apand
any one
with and
photos
of
preservative
fungi.
or dipping.
as planking
butt blocks,
of the preparation.
short
the larger
parts
deck beams,
being
and the
Scantling
The ciimensions
itibtanct.
a list
thickness,
keel
beams
of the hull
timbers
of scantlings
depth
and
in wooden
includes
width,
dimensions
the
stem
boatbuilding
sire
width.
may be given
and
and
are called
spacing
scantlings.
For
of frames,
planking
stringers,
deck
sizes of clamps,
as the siding,
generally
the smaller
dimension,
because
the fore-and-aft
is the molded
quickly
becomes
size. The
adjusted
dimension
terminology
is the siding,
is peculiar
and
the athwart-
to boatbuilding.
and
to its usage.
to S and
M. This could
be very confusing
to the first-tirr,er.
Chapter
Wood
the- relative
ease with
Wood
and
When
covering
should
preferably
planking,
it can
of the builtlrr.
with wood,
or
hull
with
and
be of a stable
plywood.
type,
Normal
and
worms
is mt*chanically
and borers.
in the design,
anyway.
The fabric
resin
gain
The
can
planking
from
hulls
fastened
of
depending
to be considered,
by itself
is usually
be either
and
polyester
diagonal
with
moisture
weight
but
or epoxy.
prevents
advantage,
is made
The
latter
the attack
for it reduces
weight
of
the worries
l-he weight
in size to compensate
polypropylene
rot, minimizes
against
cleaning.
of the boat,
can be reduced
cloth.
planking
there
protects
fiberglass
hull
or triple
shrinks
However,
adds strength,
is a great
to the overall
structures
In anything
and
to rt=commend
The
doub!e
with fiberglass,
of water,
on by delays in hauling
the wooden
is much
cloth.
to the hull.
absorption
latter
such
swells
to crack.
t hp use of covering
of the covering.
The
so because
However,
materials
carve1
quite
and
it remains
there
or other
thick
is suitable,
fiberglass
not hesitate
leaks
and
by the beginmar.
construction
resin
When
for boatbuilding
be worked
Fiberglass
the wood
changes,
material
which
of the
for
is more
and
more
35
cure
at room
temperatures,
to
wood is superior.
Covering
covering
when
is also recommended
of joints
in cabin
the joined
sanded
edges
are oitcn
tit-al cabin
and
covered
made
wtth
figurr
there
who clabbles
are certain
with
prt-cautions
boats
because
ho011
that
must
tionetl
be hauled
must
years I~rlentler
Molded
Fiberglass
.lhtb shiny,
Inc.
selt*c.tion
When
stick
prcduwtl
fiberglass
anti
Epoxy resin is
the heads
of fastenings,
and smoothing
gouges
use
propor.
IO the
11twIs
of the home
boat
fiberglass
and
ilIlt
glassing
IOOIS. lllr
ot lIefender
is 255 Main
hulls
is finished
as desired.
glass cloth
and
sometimes
vertically,
steel.
a release
is made
usualiy
and
made
from
when
is applied
If a particular
the mold
are
a female
resin
covering.
.L material
lhe address
hull
to split
the female
so that
mold
the female
to a very
is made.
will not
until
relv entirelv
upon shell thickness
to
the
outside with a nerwork of rough
s1r011g.
withdrawn
be
for in-
Hulls
it. Ihen
must
hull,
cover,
and
commerciallv
t IIt- plug
to
ovet
has catered
WJO~.
for (.ovt-ring
put under
and
ot p0)vestc.t
1110Itl.
snloot II IiIlish.
s11c.h as ~J(~lv~)ro~)vl~~rit~;lIlII
want
cracks
cloth
putty.
lntiusrries.
which
of t*l)oxy resin
of
by one layer of
resin.
weeks before
For filling
putlv.
or makts ;I mixture
produce
lhe consistency
and
olht-r
body
USC.
to
huildt~r
,turomot~ile
added
of strain
polyester
be used
11o1
to the builder
joints can be
Lil areas
is often
be dry.
For many
cloth
or later
be taken
must
attc*r
doubled
per square
finish.
cloth.
Ten-ounce
will sooner
the boat
wood
d paint
stance,
New
under
of 2.25 ounces
stripped,
stronglv
cltxaned
must
cabin
leaks is a genuine
boon
than varnished.
Taped
fiberglass
boats.
a minimum
invisible
%O-ounce
of v-bottomed
sides of plywood.
such covering,
decks.
etc.,
to prevent
is to be painted
rather
work
to feather
Huils
for plywood
sides.
shape
is such
that
it cannot
be
on the centerline.
Some builders
decrease the time needed to build stiffness into the mold by using
sandwic h construct ion. After 1.I or so of fibrIglab% hd> brrn laid up against the plug,
they use a core materiai
such as end-grain
balsa, followed
by more fiberglass.
The
mold
stiffness
is thus
increased
e-reatlv
bv soreadine
the
rrlass skins
aoart.
the core
acting
flanges.
When
plug,
in much
the female
it is polished
ing up a hull.
beam
working
up the fiberglass
and
up and
resin
or steel,
resin.
as those laminated
The
the hull
than
is anything
downhand.
by hand
and
the
from
larger
spend
actually
The more
up the laminates
the
for Iay-
can be rolled
makes
of fiberglass
When
the
from
in diameter
must
larger
by laying
removed
IL is then ready
the amount
near
that separates
has been
are repaired.
disc of wood
to the mold
of a hull
a partial
is added
laying
Sometimes
mold
and waxed
of the boat,
than
37
presumes
applying
the resin
in large quantity.
resin and chopped
equipment,
but these hulls are not as
cloth.
on the outside
of molded
hulls or other
simiiariy
cortttructed
other
accent
stripes
can
not available?
ble,
thrrc
has been
Watching
as well when
you know
what
it is all about.
applied,
the hull is laid up with fiberglass
fabrics known as
strand mat until the nectassary thickness
hrl+ been reached.
a mold
others
be sprayed
do these
things
are
iLfnr/rrc* Dc~.\/~I~Mnuul,
One book,
industry
as thcb wc$$ir
lined
boat
instructions
of the tiberglass
hull if detailed
in rhr Plans
of the boar.
laminatc~s.
nunlbcr
.Is experience
of lavers,
is Rained.
etc.
should be out
mav develop his
the builder
l)ut guiclancth
bc~athuiltling.
One-Off
Fiberglass
It was inevitable
tiberglass
mold.
hull
that
huildt-rs
without
having
Setkmann
only devised
Hulls
Plastics,
a method
Inc.,
would
come
tn spend
P. 0.
along
the
time
Box 13704,
and
and
and
figure
money
patented
C-Flex
The
molds
the
open-weave
construction
and sometimes
hull
planking
must
is fairly
stiffener!
be built
will not
fiberglass
method
upside
sag between
a female
L,ouisiana
planking.
70185,
which
not
con-
alternating
with bundles of
by a webbing
of two layers
cloth.
simple.
A hull
with longitudinal
down.
a way to build
to construct
NVW Orleans.
out
The
thetn.
molds
the
form
is framed
strips
let into
must
be spaced
spacing
varying
with
the molds.
with
so that
sectional
Obviously
the C-Flex
the weight
of the
38
Figure
5-l.
:I roll
cl/ (:-It1 11
: / )r~itrg
(lwrrrg
hdti
ill plw
hy I(.( ptlk\I
lurrl
dower.
.Volr*
(iT( cYrrc~/rlIIy
tlttrt
/rrltt(~d
tlrc
icvtltI~s
rrgr1rrr,\t
OII(
hiti
rior4fu
wrlrvi~
ri,rr,tll,,.
rountl-l)nttomett
c-ach aclditional
v-bottom~~tl
is applied
sheer
on the hottom.
to the centerline.
and,
to the chine
When
the frame
is continued
has been
to the
completely
has been
reach~-d.
of its cwttstruction,
the C-Flex
is very strong
in the direction
rods. It is made in two wc+ghts. 0.33 and 0.5 pounds per square
conits in lerigtlis of 100 and 250 rolls. or any length to order.
struction,
up and
about
the amount
the
degree
C-Flex
One-nff
of finishing
construction
fiberglass
time depends
of smoothness
to anyone
hoarbuilders
upon
Seemann
furnishes
interested
in the method.
frequently
desired.
use a technique
of the
detailed
known
information
as sandwich
con-
struction,
where thr laminate
consists of a core between
fiberglass skins. This type of
construction
has several advantages
over single-skin
construction.
Probably
the biggest
l.III~;KI;I..JS.;S!i
:l.tl) OIttER ill 1.1 .lI.-fTERI.-lI.S 39
advantage
stifter
is its favorable
than
a single
stiffness/weight
ratio.
number
the weight
A sandwich
laminate
of laminations,
of the sandwich
and
is significantly
with a lightweight
is not much
greater
up wtth a thicket-,
VI;;I
use a sandwic.h
Other
latninate
stiftncxs
than
benefits.
ligllt
sweating
or non-rxistcmt
:2n11r trrar
strut-tiotl
the
that
ttappcns
the thickness
equal
save weight
sandwich
weight,
hull.
and
increase
fiberglass
Noise
and
sometimes
skin;
of
or he
stiffness.
offers
hulls
vibration
the
and weight
to the single
construction
single-skin
framing
insitiv
ison
~-OIII~,~I
is wltat
to both
in a sandwich
slmcx.
he can reduce
with strength
for which
hull;
laminate
designed
and
Ihc interior
minimized
muc-h stiffer
have a cored
than
with options:
single-skin
hull
additional
are notorious
is
used in single-skin
fiberglass
hulls
and sandwich
con.
hull.
should
bc- made
between
single-skin
in thr
tht. w,lt~:rlinc~
not so of a sandwic.h
hull unless both skins and the core are punctured-something
that ad~oc.;itrs of san(lwic.h construction
feel is unlikely
during
the normal
life of a
boat.
It totlrn\s.
ot t.ourbc.
that
,ig;tiilzt
111111) ;I t.ttio
singIt* \kitl.
01 lx.1
if a c~)rrd laminate
is no worse
skin
than
of it sanctwich
.I%(- tcpit
is often
01 $3sanclwicll
made
laminate
has been
should
be completely
for a single-skin
hull.
thicker
is
than
more
no
damaged,
in which
is to be repaired
punctured
As a safeguard
the inner
difficult
than
in the same
hull,
a framework
tibrt-glass
of transverse
for a
skin,
with
with
repair.
section
molds
and longitudinal
strips (usunllv ( allc :! r-ibbands (jr Ijattens) is needed to define the shape of the hull. and
it tn;lkt*s st&
to build upside down. Figure 5-2 shows the forward end of a male mold
for an X6-foot powtarboai
hull.
I Ising loam
foam
sheets
are fitted
against
the mold
(using
tnold
of the fibt*rglass
Careful
material
sandwich
weaken
outsi&
skin (Figurts
workmanshi~~
is t-equired
and
whm
the affected
lamination
that laminate
through
the ribbands
from rnsldr>the
thickness
5-a).
to ensure
a complete
bond between
the core
in the bond will hasten delamination
of the
Interruptions
is loaded
wit11 screws
to deflect
When
there
of the laminate
that
between
is a good
strength
investigate
bond
fails upon
supports
between
this will
the available
resists crumbling
and
upon
core materials
impact
and
for
that
40
Figure
5-2.
Airex-corrd,
Note>
X6jiwt
how
clo.st*lv
pouw~rhoclt.
.spncd
thrb rib-
FOAM\ //
I
(
i
i
t
I
i
:
?
/
h
i
Figure
5-3.
Some
iiircu
C,~n;td;r
o! the most
(closed-cell
by lclrin,
(end-gr;
partly
polyvinyl
%oley
in balsa
:ale.
St..
chloride),
Grapevine.
wood),
manufactured
Texas
manufactured
New Jersey
and
by American
7605 1.
by Baltek
Corp.,
10 Fairway
07647.
it is still possible
construction,
the, core
C)verturning
before
cell foam,
I cannot
still upside
while
cores are:
Cotttourkorr
FIBERGLASS
100 perrcnt
polyvinyl
chloride
loam), marketed
in the U.S.
Inc., 12.5 Sht2ridan Icrracr,
Ridgewood,
New .Jrrsey 07450.
hlrgt~c~~ll (closed
Klegrcell
Court,
popular
41
to work downhand,
manufacturers
supply
procedure
because
a cored
the inner
hull
fiberglass
can
is a trying
skin is added
to the laminate
and which
information
the shell
on sandwich
is quite
to complete
limber
the sandwich.
of the boat
is completed.
Although
the aforesaid
before
hulls.
is a one-off
method
It is a matter
of economics
a female
the production
of single-skin
hull. Thr laminate
is simply
mold
is justified.
fiberglass
changed
of hull construction,
Female
to calculate
molds
that
hulls can
have been
built
for
a sandwich
42
CARPET
STR\fS
GLA4$Ep
-R
f=\=e-
HULL
Figure
5-5.
Steel
When
pensive
when
worked
to almost
about
rornl~ar~*d
with
any shape
other
desired.
by sea water.
protect
steel
advantage
Fortunately.
against
corrosion,
of steel construction
metals,
hut
material.
with
Ihe relative
ease
the coatings
aluminum
1 can remember
must
the hulls
would
about
pieces
be
by electric
coatings
maintained.
to
An
bot-
by any means.
auxiliary
improved
be tcrnstantly
construction
beginner
two good-sized
equipment,
of joining
have brought
tom integral
fuc*l and water tanks ran be built in, using
larger capacities
to be carried than in wooden hulls.
for too long
it is strong,
proper
the years
(and
and
sailboats
but without
reflecting
of steel built
by people
said that
experience
so that if they
not be so rough.
Rough plating
of steel hulls is often disguised
by skillful application
of trowel cement, probably
because it is cheaper
to do this than to expend the labor needed to
smooth
the plating
by heating
and
quenching.
The
roughness
of the plating
is caused
l~~lHt:K~~I..-l.sS
.l.VI) 1)771t~;KII1 1.1. .ll:I 7l~:HI:~l.S -IS
by stresses ser up when
sequence
of welding
Even though
of higtler
so that
yacht
aluminum
for- boalhuilding.
huildrrs.
In general
.ihis permits
crew
terms.
can
of achieving
long;
technicians
be built
lighter
have invented
today
rhan
new alloys
ever before.
notably
alloy 5086 in rhe United States. are
alloys are relatively high in strcngl h and corrosion
welded.
transports
and
A fair amount
platform
alloys of aluminum
speed
of rhis meral
of more
operators
weight
or an increase
Besides
are using
large fleet of
in speed.
ils light
weight.
aluminum
or the possi-
aluminum
cannot
lasts
but speak
well
Iongeviry.
huitttt7h
of pleasure
t~1a~5 in atltlition
boats
either
Ijuilti
only in dluminum
and runabouts
of aluminum
are made
I)rotluct- 2 large part or ;1n enrirt- hdlf
Lramiiig
t~c~nstrut~tion
Small
bv stretch-ft.rming
p&t*
0~1
of
is used
sheets
of
01it-
~TWial.
is nio~t- t,sl)t*nsivt-
than
or have a line of
craft
5ut.h as dinghies
plaling
sleel COII-
by
vessels.
construt.tion
deadweight
is consumed
the increasingly
supply
reduce
commercial
~rrircrio~i.
The
alloys,
These
the carrying
bililv
;rluniinuni
oil field
Several
research
steel hulls
oftshore
to the frames
in this respect.
Alloys
satisfacror-y
resistance
the plating
strength
Aluminum
welding
is of importance
in a particular
project
will always
be less than
the weight
also
in-
Manv builders
of steel boars have converted
10 aluminum
construction
with little
need to change cquipmenr
rsce11~ for welding,
but like steel. it is not a nlaterial
for the
bt*ginnt~r. 011~ very imptlfi~~rtn~ problem
area encc,un~rrtd
with aluminum
construction
is galvanit
found
when
be
t,c)rl.osion.
in sut.11 fitrings
the aluminum
and specitit.ations
of the aluminum
hetwern
as sea cocks,
hull is exposed
and
~~JtYtWltVi.
Ihis octurs
the aluminum
prt)pt-llers,
shafts,
to stray electrical
hull
rutitlcrs,
currcrfts
the methods
for doing
manufacturers
can
so are preferably
be consulred
and
dissimilar
metals
etc..
departments
for help.
be absolutely
aluminum
hull rakes
aluminum
should
clean
the aluminum
manufacturers
can provide
assistance.
When it
the surface,
rhe marine
paint makers
have special systems for
and instructions
for cleaning
it before coating.
The highest quality
a lot of labor:
a really smooth
yacht finish on the topsiJes of a welded
yacht hull requires
fairing of the surface with fairing
compounds.
which
stay in place
for quite
a while.
J-1 t~Il~t*~t~(~I.-Iss
.-I,YI) C)7/lt-X III .1.1. N.-t 71:K1.41..~
Ferrocement
Every now and
ment.
then
Essentially.
terlaced
with
embedded
taken
there
wirr,
with
struction
1967-68
tion of ferrocement
turning
to be any mention
earlier
enthusiasts
Exotic
Hull
construction,
lower
weights
this
arts
is bound
liglttw4ght
fishing
timc*s stronger
magazine
and
there
at all, an indication
of matt+als
than
and
wood
to continup.
and
five times
F2sotic, materials
as compared
that
were a number
A decade
the method
recently
wltirh
of designers
later there
does
their
plywood
as a bulkhead
made
such exotic
c.onsidrration.
there
I~latt~riiIlS rquirc-
has
wood
been
made
are other
factors
staving
and
are
made
in strength
or decorative
surpassed
panels.
by at least
two other
of a DuPont
to consider.
techniques
glass fabrics
Kevlar fabric,
material.
step forward
material
spccializrd
strengths
was a giant
of vertical
material
boatbuilding
tllan is steel.
high.strrngth
bulkheads
the standard
to the bulkheads
plywood
developed
tnatt-rials
that art stiffer and much lighter.
Panels
fil~t~rglass skins, and thry are used in large transport
where
called
Nomex,
light weight
Another
is a
these
consideration
is
cost.
For example,
S glass is twice as expensive
as E glass. As for Kevlar, a
of high-speed
powerboats
who uses this material
once told me that, pound for
pound,
a Kevlar.,resin
combination
the standard
mat woven rovingresin
not used throughout
it is hard
exotic fibers.
then, is that
When
of the con-
stiffer
E: glass from
material,
care must be
rage.
fiberglass-reinforced
in fiber
Graphite,
builder
that great
heavy weight
30 feet in length.
a number
as the common
t ht4r high
rod in-
is completely
Materials
and
Now,
steelwork
the basically
under
hulls of ferrocereinforcing
had broadcast.
strong
under
the
It is understood
an issue of a boating
out plans
of concrete
to it so that
and that
for hulls
hardly
hulls
rngaged
not ,.lppear
applied
to the atmosphere.
it impractical
abdL-t cl=nstructing
of a framework
makes
In the years
consists
cement
to eliminate
actively
is a wave of enthusiasm
the system
a hull,
to make
comment
for strength-contributing
about
than
are
laminate
hulls
using
for laminate
designs differ from boat to boat. About all that can i,i! said,
the use of such exotic materials
will certainly
lead to an increase in cost.
one considers
that
the powerboat
manufacturer
referred
to earlier
was able to
I;IRk.XG L.:1.S.S
4 ND 0 7-tIl~.ii1I1!l.!. ,21.-I
7EKI.J1.s
effect
a weight
saving
of only
5 to 7 percent,
the extra
cost
is, in most
45
cases,
not
always
be
warranted.
The state of the art is constantly
developed,
and
there
are always
changing,
those
however,
so new materials
them
to
will
boatbuilding.
Chapter
___-
&mpared
with
modern
craft
holding
the
tight,
the
located
with
together
boat.
thought
drilled
of a wooden
iron
hull
fastened
boats
to prove
this point.
and
simply
used
of galvanized
galvanized
iron.
timers
fastenings,
and
rods
that
were
today
cannot
teners
Here
have
coated
be compared
no place
is what
to say about
always
Ihcy
there
down
contribution
to a
and
always
holding
amount
passed
it doesnt.
task
be driven
of money
the word
a wrecked
The
galvanized
of yesterday.
by using gal-
that
shrimp
galvanized-
today
that seem
boat,
beached
regarding
fastenings
available
in
power.
I examined
the fastenings
the
of today
are most
likely
of mild
coatings,
fastenings
of mild steel do not have
as do iron ones. Second, the old-time
iron nails
by hot dipping
by electroplating,
to coating
should
almost all
fastenings
to their
fastenings
whereas
according
maximum
have
hand,
builder.
and indeed
On the other
as a primary
bc sized
about
10 years after it was built. that
Although
the above would appear
clurability
importance
size to ensure
boat
fastenings.
should
by the designer
The
builder
extra
fastenings
holes of proper
Iron
wooden
to be lightly
assume
All
Galvanized
vanized
constructed
can be considered
parts
seaworthy
carefully
heavily
in molten
which
by hot dipping.
zinc.
results
Many
galvanized
in a relatively
In fact these
fas-
thin coating
zinc-plated
fas-
in a boat.
Independent
Nail,
Inc.,
of fasteners:
a manufacturer
of special-purpose
nails,
has
has turned
type is a hot-dip,
hot-tumbler,
out
to bc generally
whose surface
hot-galvanized
may be contaminated
each
produce
on the surface.
very thin
zinc coatings
and galvanized
wood
understood
adjective.
The
purposes,
pure zinc. Tumbler,
process from which the coating
refer
a poorly
17
Electra
and mechanical
serving
galvaniz-
for appearance
more
than
for performance.
Galvanized
planking
boat
nails
to frames.
without
going
frames
and
separate
A frame
through
the
is clinched
should
be at least
frame.
With
over on the
to be refastened
throughout
because
the length
to do so is a good
sign
that
wood
clogged
around
with
the hole.
reducing
nails
they
used
metal.
galvanized
goes
are used,
to fasten
in it
through
the
the zinc
will
is an expensive
are dipped,
holding
nail
of such
were inferior
hot-dipped
zinc when
the
the bare
Renailing
been
if a nail is to be buried
poor
at the end
the fastenings
exposing
of the fastening.
often
frames,
When
started
have
1 t/2 thick
lighter
inside.
it is bent,
corrosion
screws
and
progressed
or inadequate
to start
wood screws,
the threads
and
when
driven,
with.
are
they tear
the
power.
fastenings,
the
builder
is advised to be sure of his fastenings
by using a better metal for fastenings
that are to be constantly
in water. Although
more expensive
initially,
the best fastenings are cheap
in the end.
Brass
If a decision
is made
alternative
water
would
cannot
an electrolyte
copper
against
woods.
should
be taken
Silicon
Bronze
called
A point
perhaps
fastening
wrung
and galvanized
exposed
too.
off screws
parts
to salt
as 30 percent,
and in
of interior
a good
The
being
zinc in ex-
high
zinc
brass
driven
into
hard
such as joinerwork,
but care
hull.
in a boat
It is about
off when
that
as much
disadvantages,
it is easy to break
it is hard
96 percent
being
to be remembered
a copper
Everdur.
to corrosion
when
structural
Brass as furnished
are mechanical
strong:
seem
too strongly.
can he expected
There
it might
in strength
and
every
fastenings
cess 01 16 percent.
For
galvanized
so reduced
sometimes
using
be brass fastenings.
be advised
zincifiration
against
to beat
copper
and
a copper
silicon
is so strong
that
alloy
fasten-
driven,
The
steel fastenings
is the higher
resale
the difference
of a bronze-fastened
in cost.
boat.
48
F.4s TENINGS
Monel
This
nickel
copper
resistance,
people
but
to afford.
much
galvanic
ing bronze
tact.
alloy
It can
action
propeller
nails,
a popular
between
of Monel
and
will be mentioned
with
shafts
make
purposes
Nails.)
in
from
strength
it is much
silicon
For instance,
Monel
for some
(See Threaded
bronze
made
in conjunction
and
and stiffness
fastening
silicon
bolts
the metals.
screws.
struction
above
and
be used
shaft struts
The strength
driving
ranks
Monel
have bronze
because
for most
without
IS often
propellers
fear
in direct
saving
has many
of
con-
for Anchorfast
of the labor
as a metal
corrosion
bronze
it very satisfactory
Monel
and
too high
boat
it offers
over
uses in boat
con-
further.
Copper
Copper
has excellent
corrosion
resistance,
but
because
of its scftness
it is suitable
Stainless
Steel
Ihere
arc
merals
not he considered
vast
many
cxpt-rirnce
galvanic
action
assutanct~,
the
alloys
under
1his common
and
satisfactory
with
other
materials
bt-st
metal
aluminum
for
ste&.
Ijulpits,
tlotahly
engine
for it avoids
used in a boat.
Mixture
thr
erosion
destruction
freedom
from
boat.
Without
such
above
hardware.
corrosion
water.
stanchions,
It is
and
Of the many
stainless
hardware.
systtm
and rigging
sailhoat
parts.
and
fittings
to minimize
he might
steel is being
specialty
propeller
on spars.
has been
used more
shafting.
to others.
of the screw
to reduce
hardware,
and
more
for
and
materials
using
his stock of
stanchions
Stainless
As with many
bleeding
be happy
that might
it yourself
be
only when
proven.
of Metals
The loosely
and
and
to applications
deck
rub strips
builders,
material.
drrk
cxhausr
alloy
same
these
who has
such fasrt-tiings.
Othc*r than as a fastener
ps,
in the
that
by someone
hll
used
resistance
be limit,4
aluminum
frames.
of corrosion
being
salt atmosphere,
of thr high-qualitv
yacht
builders
,
S~IVLYS
to stcurC%stainless sterl half-oval
Il~ads.
unless
steel should
fasrening
alloy window
stainless
proof
It IS recommended
heading.
is applied
by electrolysis,
is blamed
by the average
cavitation,
on electrolysis,
boatman
or galvanic
to the corrosion
action;
usually
the
of the other
.F.4.SlEILINC;S 49
causes.
Except
the scope
for discussing
Sea water
dissimilar
is an
metals
currtznt
The
metals
The
electrolyte
when
between
fastenings,
the subject
and
intensity
gradually
posi:ions
will
cause
destroyed
by what
of the attack
will vary
series and
also upon
in the galvanic
an
electric
current
or close proximity
to each other.
to the cathode,
that is. the anndic
:he anode
in the galvanic
Anodic
action
that
in contact
will be attacked
sion.
galvanic
is beyond
of :his work.
series
is properly
according
the relative
in sea water
to the
areas
of some
to flow
between
termed
relative
galvanic
corro-
positions
of the
metals
follow:
or Least Noble
Zinc
Galvanized
steel or galvanized
Aluminum
alloy
5456
Aluminum
alloy
5086
Aluminum
alloy
5052
Aluminum
alloy
356,
wrought
iron
6061
Mild steel
Wrought
iron
Cast iron
1% H Stainless
18-H Stainltsss
(active
Lead
Iin
Mangantbsc-
hronzt~
Naval
(60+{, coppt*r,
brass
Yrllow
brass
Aluminum
(65%
copper,
35%
Lint)
bronze
39:, rinc)
(act ivr )
I ncm1~4
IS?:, zinc)
hronrr
Cupro-nickttl
(904h
copper,
10%
nickel)
copper.
30%
nickel)
Cupro-nickel
(704,
Coml)osition
G bronzts
(#?A
copper,
2,/0 zinc,
10% tin)
Composition
M bronze
(885;
copper,
SU, zinc,
61~24, silicon.
Incclnel
I I/? ?A Icad)
(passive)
Mont.1
IX-R Stainless
steel Type
304 (passive)
18-H Stainless
steel Type
(passive)
Titanium
Cathodic
or Most Nobte
It might he possible
to use only one metal,
fastenings
in a wooden hull, but where a mixture
notably
silicon bronze for all of the
is the most practical,
the metals used
50
FASTENINGS
should
be ones that
are reasonably
silicon
bronze,
Monet.
and
sort or another.
Note that stainless
understand
ished,
formation
of oxide.
and
after
surface
is more
severely
reduced,
close together
This
in the galvanic
after
cleaned
Without
fasteners
in two different
by chemical
ail machining
thoroughly
to corrosion.
and
passivation,
of one
positions.
As I
treatmen:
to hasten
the
working
has been
fin-
and
degreased.
The passivated
the corrosion
resistance
is
stern
attacked
until the bearing
finally came loose.
Many boats withbronze
hull fastenings
have been built with cast iron ballast keels. but
in this case I he comparatively
huge mass of anodic material.
the iron keel, would show
the keel cdn be of hot-dipped
signs of attack slowly due to its bulk. The bolts securing
galvanized
wrought
vinyl-lvpc
anti-corrosivtb
iron or Monrl.
The outside
have several
coats of a
to act as a nonmetailic
barricsr to galvanic action.
N~~t-;ih~ss to say, only the Icast cxpc*nsive ritrt~i fastcsners should be used in the construction
of molds, jigs, plugs for fiberglass
parts, bracing,
etc., that will never be part
of a boat,
hoatyarti
paint
to even mention
something
like this, but I have seen
Monet fasteners
in throw-away
work rathrr
than
use bronze
and
and
screws.
Erlww Belts
____..
These
are ordinary
machine
al-r made
in silicon bronze,
a nut as a head
by t breading
a pirre of rod on both ends. screwing
and pruning
over the end of the rod to prevent the head nut from turning.
the same material
are used under the head and nut. Drilled holes should
madr
tliamt~ter
as the bolt,
the advantage
on one end,
Washers of
be the same
over drift
bolts
of being
Welt-equipped
professional
huiiders
have a die. usually for a flat head. and
many backbone
parts and have
the wood shrinks.
to be tightener, s.4 -**hen
..
head their own tong bolts. They
sometimes
able
the end
and
forged
to
shape.
Drift
Bolts
51
F.4 S TENiNGS
Figure
lIrij/ hoit.\ (IIV tlrlz~rl (11 (III (III~IP /IIorrlvr- 10 lock /ilc, /)nrt.c~o,q,rc~t/t~~r.
6-1.
a driving
head
diameters
shorter
formed
than
by riveting
the end
be less than
the diameter
of the rod.
and should
The
hole
is made
have smooth
about
two
driving
fit. Be careful
not to henci the bolt above the timber when driving it. When a pair or a series of drift
bolts is caiiecl for, it is best to drive them at an angle (Figure 6- 1) which locks the parts
together
and
vanizeii
it on,
Carriage
Thesr
enables
thrtn
to resist
strains.
Drift
are screw
frames
galvanized
Bolt
are
made
of bronze
or gai-
Bolts
bolts
with a round
button
head
and
bolts
and
iron,
deck
beams
and
stainless
to (lamps
a square
just
or she!ves.
and
are made
in si!teon
b:onze.
steel.
Threads
Fastenings
tnust
be tight
in their
of cutting
smatter
are cheaper
in diameter
tight
in the hole.
but
this is sridc~m
than
today
to manufacture.
the outside
because
The
moving:
structure,
threads
therefore,
formed
unthreaded
of the threads,
from
by roiling
the fastening
so roiled-thread
in-
of these bolts
when
they
rolled
possibly
is in tension
bolts should
only,
not be
used.
Wood Screws
Fiat-head
screws are used extensively
in wooden boatbuilding
and decking and many other parts. They are available
from
iron,
brass,
silicon
bronze,
and
of Monel
for fastening
planking
stock made of galvanized
and
stainless
steel.
is
be
52
FOR
. IG3
W-8
$fc.lo.
743
I,
I
MAYBE
Figure
Tests
powc.
do. I4
,242
REDUCED
HAeDv\/ooP
OrJE
in tension.
theoretically
the planks
that screws
However,
in a for!.-and-aft
of leaking
stresses
stead
of nails
as planking
that
is thicker
that
than
than
.2613
7/6A
do.
I8
70 I
.29d
9/s
/-lo. 13
s/a
.320
%L
Jo. 4
3/dIt
FOR
DECti1t&3
thin
threads
when
The
This
because
for hulls
for a given
table.
wilt be subiect
by a gauge
for sheltered
waters.
bc made
fastenings
is
seas. (Such
Indeed,
the
length,
Figure
puts more
for using
wood to
screws in-
suitable
for
to order.
to rigorous
service,
or so for powerboats
When
holding
and decking,
that
bronze
they usually
boat.)
argument
with an ordinary
boat
Unlike
common
wilt be obvious.
but
through
a thick fastening
thickness
driven
planked
in place.
is a strong
accompanying
the greatest
in a conventionally
one.
fastenings,
develop
function
of fastenings
is not to keep
,.&\a..
L.X,.l, l*rnrL;n-
h
*h-m ~nm
past :hei:
is very important;
tion built
l/z(
a nail.
fastenings,
is meant
25
screw
planking
do.
resistance
seams
the fastenings
work resisting
Anchorfast
%A
with sharp,
direction
primary
greater
%s
/2
is the cause
the gauge
37
do. 30
GAUGE
withdrawal
working
that bears
p.
6-2.
have shown
neighbors
hd
.2lG7
1g
-12FOR
* 176
13/4hlo. I2
2
I Y4
building
from
such as ocean
and other
plans.
crttising.
The
be guided
by the fastening
sizes specified.
The
preciable
size of a drilled
extent.
hole
A general
for a screw
rule
affects
the screws
holding
power
to an ap-
<PLUG
(SEE TEwl-)
FZOUbJD
HEAr>
SCREW
F 1
LAG
OVAL
cent
of the diameter
HEAP
SCREd
PLAWX
Figure
threads
frame,
Id
FVAME
at= MOCERhJ
PROFbR-rIO~S
softwoods.
because
SCIZEW
part
of a screw
wood to be used.
used
the table
Most builders
in hardwoods
are a guide
70 percent
for hardwood,
for fastening
sizes by driving
and
planking
in
such as oak,
is sunk
a few screws
6-3.
into
in samples
the
of the
or white cedar
planking
and oak frames and rhib is satisfactory
if the plank does not split in way of
the unthreaded
screw shank. If splitting does occur, you should drill through the plank
with a body drill that is slightly under the actual screw diameter.
The sizes for these
are also shown in Figure 6-2. It is recommended
that either laundry
soap or beeswax
be rubbed
in the threads
a lubricant
and
rt-duces
the driving
practice
(Figure
in thinner
over to make
of screws, especially
planks
polyester
pliers
sell plugs
of mahogany,
press
and
your
The
depth
thickness.
recommended
for wood
with
the grain
parallel
mer.
the surface.
material
hull.
with
is better.
or you can
For many
like Duratite
compounds
or oak,
scraps
for the
are dipped
below
but modern
teak,
own from
This acts as
on the finished
of counter-bore
The plugs
into hardwood.
the fasicnings
make
when driving
labor.
buy
Wood
Marine
a plug
puttied
years white
lead
Dough
hardware
cutter
or
sup-
for a drill
of wood.
plugs
in thick
should
paint,
that
is to have a natural
to that
of the planking,
be about
waterproof
finish),
one-third
glue.
of the plank
or varnish
(the latter
and lightly
tapped
home
holes
with a ham-
possibly
breaking
51
F:l S7I*:l~VIN(;.s
Figure
the paint
harden.
film or at least
then
cut
6-4
presenting
the plugs
flush
an unsightly
with
lhesr
lhtw
be done
can
arc patented
and
the bond
a sharp
a day or so to
chisel.
Do not try to
run of
and
have
countersinks
head
Give
by counterboring
operations
with
Rather,
the grain: then you will not chip off the plug
to start all ovtr again.
Holes tot- screws are started
look.
the surface
that
patented
drill
ccmnterbores
that
drill
the lead
followed by the hole for the plug. (See Figure 6-3.) Ihe latter is used most tm-ause
unnttwwry
to c.ountcrsink
for a flat-head
screw that is to have a plug over it.
Plugs
can
ticularlv
either
sorncrimcs
near
the strakrs
hy carefully
reducing
become
ends.
staggering
the gauge
crowded
where
where
the plank
the holes
planking
wid:h
if the width
enough
strakes
is least.
are narrow,
par-
of the frame
to use a plug
it is
will permit
it or by
size.
Hardware
stores stock several types of wood screw pilot bits made for use in $!t 0 electric hand drills and made for screws up to about 2 Number
12. The two shown in
Figure
for drilling
with a countersink.
years
IIMII~
ample,
W.L.
Fuller,
of which
panels
that
other
Inc.,
with finishing
located
washers
should
screws,
be driven
below
Street,
Warwick,
7 Cypress
drilling
finishing
the surface
Rhode
of the
Island
round-head
but,
for securing
rigging
masts,
fastening
a tang is made
in light joinerwork
are removed
items
for flat-head
then
countersinks,
counterbores.
plug cutters,
and taper-point
industry.
Ordinarily
these items are difficult to find locally.
screws
and
the screw
countersinking
of the screw,
and
part
from
behind
so that
time
where
to time
joinerwork.
the screw
tangs
fastenings
for access
to wooden
a countersunk
must
since
Oval-head
to such
In these places
hole.
for ex-
things
oval-head
as steering
gear
repeated
use.
Stainless
easily available
in the standard
con-
ia
t~.-lS7F.~I.v~;S
figurations
of flat,
silicon
ing joinerwork,
experience
round,
with them.
Stainless
are basically
sheet-metal
are threaded
for bearing
Lag
therefore
they should
to use them
but can
length
that
type screws
until
for fasten-
1 have greater
be used in fiberglass
of the shank,
these will be
be considered
steel tapping
fasteners
It is possible
parts.
These
Normally
they
rather
than
loads.
Screws
I.ag screws,
can
screws;
but I am reluctant
wood screws.
5.5
sometimes
be turned
threads
in with
in the wood
a wrench.
until
Hanger
the holding
should
~galvariiztd
brass.
of the screw
wood
that
the
lost, therefore
of the unthreaded
as for a regular
silicon
is gradually
or practical.
head
can wear
of a lag screw
tightening
power
through-bolts
Periodic
shank
screw.
Lag screws
are
bronze.
Rolts
having
principally
the upper
or head
for fastening
propeller
stuffing
threatled
for a nut.
bear.
IIanger
of brass
Copper
Wire
Copper
nails
used
almost
planking
both
anti silicon
either
on the threads.
They
are made
in the form
exclusively
as rivets
the planking
and
of common
for fastening
in lapstrake
frames
are light
wire
frames
construction,
in size. The
nails
to floors,
and
stringers
planking
are
to frames,
where
be drilled
without it being so small that the parts split or the nail bends while
Drive the nail all the way in to draw the parts together;
then the
be backed
up against
They
to frames
up with an iron
while
a copper
burr
is driven
to
are usually
bronrc*.
must
applied
Nails
as small as possible
it is being dt-iven.
head
in witlt a wrench
or to two nuts
is nothing
but a length
of
with many
Again
hammer.
do
Heavy
I,
56
E;4S7XNINC5
1 r\lO@-FERFZous
bi ,4 IL ~IZTE~
. roq
. 134
Figure
6-5.
in a weak,
200
the wood.
loose fastening.
A bent
Light
blows
rivet
tends
form
to straighten
the head
and
under
draw
stress,
the wood
for light work but are rather soft. Screws should be used
the size of the frame will permit them to be completely
sunk.
Nails
than
Wood
Screws.
are
also thinner
See Figure
screws
wire
job,
nails.
a point
discussed
under
u
Al
MOhlEL
ANCHORFAST
NAIL
tztf2zY
?.I0
Poltrr
-2
&HIsEL
POINT
GALs! BOAT NAIL
Galvanized
Boat
As mentioned
prcred
shank
rhcm.
and cithrr
pointed
rhesc
Thr
are clinched
nail
is driven
against
with
clinch
without
used
in heavier
are cheap
nails
a blunt
and
PItiT
Fi.gure 6-6.
BOA-I- hIAlL
Nails
before,
from
BLUNT
GAL\/
or a chisel
the frame
frames
and
and
across
the nail
are buried
In frames
project
the grain.
A nail
of acceptable
for plugs,
the coating
Threaded
the heads
1 t/i R thick,
splitting
within
of either
the
frame.
the frame,
quality
a set shaped
for a boat
the
will
nails
Whether
are
or not
be driven
be made
of zinc by using
chisel-
the frames
Blunt-pointed
be ex-
rectangular
/j H to :!i through
life can
head,
To prevent
the surface
ting
too much
button
up to about
about
not
a peculiar
edge
either
have
point.
the chisel
cracking
fastenings
are forged,
below
to prevent
cut-
Nails
A relatively
the grooves
wedges
the shank
that grip
on the shank
shape
to resist withdrawal.
annular
thread.
into countless
6-6.)
It is claimed
AS
minute
that
it
galvanized
than a wood
planking,
quarter.
and figures
have reduced
their
planking
labor
by
58
I;,4 SIENINGS
Figure
6-i.
There
abroad.
rolled
are quite
Tests
a few kinds
have shown
on the nail
Massachusetts
tional
Co. and
Nickel
nails
can
is used only
when
be identified
is not used
it is recommended
The
Monel
to bending
nails
when
Anchorfast
name
that
are stiffer
materials
second
than
form
nails,
Anchorfast
the threaded
by an anchor
nails of other
on the market,
of the thread
make
The
also makes
bronze.
that
02324.
drpendent
tant
nails
the importance
by the people
Bridgewater.
chorfast
of threzded
and
some made
Independent
is owned
nails
stamped
including
are made
on the head
be limited
the silicon
bronze,
to those
making
Inc.,
Interna-
of Monel.
An-
of the nail.
In-
Nail
by the
but if Monel
made
them
of silicon
more
resis-
driven.
For fastening
planking,
nails should
be the same diameter
as the screws they
replace,
or else more of them should be used. Pilot holes a!. recommended
by the
manufacturer
should be drilled for all but the smallest sizes. The pilot hole size recommended
is 50-70 percent of the nail diameter,
depending
upon the hardness
of the
wood, and about 80 percent
of the nail length.
FASTENINGS
F&we
In Figure
nails
usually
59
6-8.
must
Anchorfast
Figure
and Stronghold
S-7 is a comparison
silicon
of standard
to substitute
nails for screws,
and decking
are tabulated.
bronze
apply
and in
These
to every
60
FA .STEKIh'(;S
Figure
Unusual
Otller
Nail
than
6-9.
Fasteners
the copper
wire nails
othtxr copper
nails
unusual
is rlie squart-cuI
nails
that
struction
for fastening
ing the laps of clinker
the layers
have
of double
nails
iron
held
the point
work
to know
liails
ltw
against
planking
where
of rhe nail
fasreners
ing and
with softwoocl
iron
are two
can
Iw
used
in light con-
nail
frames.
some builders
and
are glued
rogether
When
the iron
the
a heavy
will be driven.
and
by a helper.
90 degrees
is more
is turned
without
rcliahlr
franles
is established,
forming
is held against
head
is flush
much
longer
ing fastened
a clcnc-hrd
the length
together.
This
When
the man
all takes
when
clout
nails
are used
but
as
plank-
whrn
nail.
the point
a hook.
rhe wood
through,
it into
into
first drill
back
adhesives.
than
For clench-nailing,
the point
lhcst*
of planking
of the planking
turns
the next
primary
nails.
there
lhe point
rivet
nail.
between
the layers
a good bond.
[he inside
of the nail
clour
t-arlier.
lo thin, flat frames such as seen in canoes, for fastenup to about 1, in thit.kness. and for quilt fastening
where
ensure
as mentioned
in boatbui!cting.
coppt.1
di.tgonal
ICI
ust (1 ds rivers.
a pIact
planking
planking
erly,
is turned
th-
be compared
is about
completes
practice
for riveting
over by holding
point
outside
earlier
to rhe thickness
of the clenching
wire
to enter
driving
copper
the
how
and the
F,4 .S7f-;/YlNGS
3/4%
(by
I
/4 -KJ 3v
(by
Figure
nail
available
lengths
s-k?xr2
LorcrG
2,2-4,
llq)
Lot-lb
roves
power
CUI copper
of a square
Iremonl
which
have
ml* thick
hh
+icK
\i/tiilrt
Nail
Co..
2.7
I49
C-10. 7rtrfilt~orrfrl
from
61
the same
nail is a great
21
Kl;I)
boat
Wareham,
Road.
LinI
head
funcrion
deal more
Elm
Street.
::P, Cannan
as our burrs.
than
a round
The
holding
wirr nail,
but the
traditional
use of square nails i\ as rivets. As with copper wire nail rivets. a snug hole
should be drilled and ht~ading should he done with light blows of the peen hammer.
for when the dished side is toward the wood, ir serves 10 tenIhe di:hetl rove is unique.
sion 111~rivt.1. lhc heads
planking.
~hrrefore
Miscellaneous
1 1 in diametrr.
tap drills.
t-tc.; then,
for many
pensive
applied
of wood
other
in Figure
must
6- 10 should
be suitably
hc countt~rsunk
into the
shaped.
tyl)es ot fasrencrs
made of prol)t-r
as through-fastt,ners
i1IY
through
iron
Fasteners
of nails shown
111~ hutking
Figure
6- 11 is a rahle showing
will he times
round,
with hand,
when
1aminatir.g.
such jobs.
steel, otherwise
when
bronze
or Monel
and in brass.
or air-operated
positioning
If the staples
fiberglass
chrome-plated
guns,
brass,
screws
bronze,
woven materials,
later.
musl
ultimate
The
Machine
or other
are to be removed
be used.
and for
and
that
I have
62
F/l S-IENINGS
BODY
$ -I-A9
DRILL-5
MACHINE
tb.
sCfEb&T
r&i
72
.ry3
@oLTS
TAf
DlzlLL
-M?EAD~
pf3z INCH
DIAM.
SIZE
@R USa ~TYWDARP
b40. 30
ZEt-
do- 20
32
t&u2
1 .a6
250
14
%3
II211
I &I. i3 I
F
2(/64
0 u yzff
QR 3/g,
5/1df 23/64
16
13
.500
do-
Jo.
10
-375
G-1 1.
seen is a rather
with
32
20
.3125
5hkl if
Figure
an air
staples
have
the edges
long Monel
gun.
been
and
wire staple
with coated
many
otht1-r similar
plywood
legs that
defy withdrawal.
Driven
parts.
Stapling
is the fastest method
of
securing
parts and is quite satisfactory
when used in conjunction
with an adhesive.
For many years rivc.ting remained
a method of fastening
used only by professional
MACHINE
BOLT
(HEY!
HEAd
MACHIClE
l3OL-r
(FLAT
HtAC)
CLINCH
04?
5)QUARE
HANr3EE
IdeAD
-LT
WAE.Uf3-E
Figure 6-12.
111011Iv usd
huilrting.
Bolts
in
corn-6ouI
F.4SIE:NINGS 63
shops.
now be done by
opc.rated riveters.
serted
back-up.
holding
together
rivets.
minor
riveting
Most hardware
stores carry these
amatfaur.
.Ihis kind of fastening
is a one-man
job, because
hole
and
srcur-cd
of pop
rivets
thfh
unto ;I drilletl
typical
hull.
the samt
employed
is in securing
the deck,
from
and
rub rail.
extrusion
and the rivets
are of a 4milar
water, and generally
for fastening
thin
allov.
parts,
and
hand-
side without
in production
a molded
jobs can
tht- need
fiberglass
for any
boatbuilding.
d~~ck tha:
The latter
is usually
the
an aluminum
A
rivet
alloy
such as aluminum
of no greater than h . Those who make their own metal enclosures,
alloy C;ISYSfor clcctrical
switc.hhoards,
will find that pop rivets make the job go a lot
easier
and
faster.
Fastening
Metal
10 avoid
galvanic
bearings,
rudderposts.
deck.
Fittings
corrosion.
fasten
seacocks,
untlc7water
bron7r
and
propeller
shaft
f)arts such
struts
with
as shaft
silicon
logs, stern
bronze.
On
fasten
silicon
fittings
with stainless
Although
grt
steel or Monel.
and
aluminum
you should
alloy
fittings
with stainless
steel when
steel.
you can
it.
Adhesives
Adhesives.
used either
alonr
However,
or in conjunction
it must
with mechanic-al
be remembered
that
fasteners.
an adhesive
are some of
is not a cure-all
64
l.~:~.SlE:NIN(;.S
and
that
ture
for it to provide
(when
pressure,
the
and
Until
curing
World
l-)ro~/
ones.
glued
up with
War
This
II there
fact
as directed,
and
with attention
working
to mix-
time,
clamping
were
water-rclsistant
only
protected
in boat
adhesives
thousands
from
of hollow
moisture
construction
by varnish
for interior
rather
masts
or paint.
joinerwork
than
and
&later-
booms
were
Water-resistant
to
is prote-*-:-
- finish coating.
CLCU-wit11
The modern counterpart
is marketed
Plastic Resin Glue (formerly
Cascomite).
This urea resin glue,
as Elmers
which
consists
proof
types,
properly
be used
temperature
notwithstanding,
it, being
and that
by Borden
it must
is two-part),
period.
strength
adhesive
of a powder
has
good
that
is mixed
wnrking
with water,
time,
and
is less expensive
provides
a joint
than
that
the water-
is colorless
when
fitted.
The
breakthrough
development
from
water-resistant
of a resorcinol
consumers
as Elmers
resin
Waterproof
to waterproof
glue,
which
Glue
(formerly
adhesives
is also marketed
canoe
with
by Borden
Cascophen).
the
for small
It is packaged
in two
he well fitted
glue
fully to avoid
available.
must
glue
is often
to boatbuilders
until
too much
used IO secure
resin,
and
curing
has taken
, so the instructions
on by mixing
as a ltrea-formaltirhytic
benefit
be applied
in hot climates
Rcsorcinol
Described
great
and pressure
sets up quickly
Glue
builders
place.
as well.
hulls.
waterproof
Aerolite
care-
the time
of cold-molded
is another
Resor-
be studied
planking
Aerolite
to aircraft
should
glue of
is a two-part
adhesive,
very easy to mix and apply. One part is a powder that is mixed with water to
the consistency
of an easy spreading
paste. The powder has a shelf life of two years; the
pastes shelf life is one to three
months.
which
has an unlimited
shelf
life.
other
surface
with
the
adhesive
is wetted
is strong,
temperatures
e\cll without
down
to 60F.
The second
Ihe paste
catalvst.
The
is a water-like
liquid
on one surface,
two
heavy clamping,
without
part
is spread
surfaces
are
it is gap-filling.
catalyst,
and
then
then
mated.
the
This
heat.
bond,
resorcinol
various
additivrs
from running.
ditives
epoxies
that
Epoxy
fiberglass.
a good
and
Not needing
pressure
for laminations
and
that
can
pastes
suited
epoxy
adhesive
simpler
to put together
high-strength
hulls
1: 1 ratio
a strong
require
not
enough
SC)that
joint ( epoxy
multiple
epoxy
of West
planking
to proper
105 epoxy
is easier
layers.
viscosity
r&n
pressure
that
mixtuie
planked
compound
is IJnipoxy
epoxy
down
glue.
to use
There
are
to prevent
have several
of resin-to-hardener
to
or diagonally
is a 1: 1 ratio
and
it does
for strip
epoxy
with
to thicken
Tech
strong,
if used thick
to ensure
the makers
spreadable
T-88
be used
For instance.
available
is extremely
it is gap-filling
it
use. Chem
that could
to 35F.
not be
Another
~:I.ST~:.LI.L;(;S
Caution
to Epoxy
Users
So much
is written
about
principaily
as an adhesive,
must
hardeners,
especically
and breathing
manufacturers
I have
and
the material
it would
be remiss
is so valuable
not
Avoid
to warn
contact
to boatbuilders,
that
epoxy
resins,
with unprotected
skin
so beware!
for Adhesives
Most general
and marine
Waterproof
Glue
type plastic
laminatts
quarts
resins
that
the fumes released by epoxies as they cure. These words are to reinforce
directions
that are often taken lightly. I have never had a problem,
but
seen others
Sources
epoxy
65
hardware
stores
are handled
carry
brands
Sales
Co.,
Elmers
Plastic
of contact
The
Resin
cement
Elmers
glues
1401 Russell
for sticking
in quantities
Street,
Formicalarger
Baltimore.
than
Maryland
21230.
Acrolire
is a (:iba-Geigy
Specialty
CI,.,
P.0.
(astern
L1.S.
from
product
Box 424.
distributrci
Fullerton,
Woodcraft
Supply
in the> lJ.S.
California
by Aircraft
92632.
Corp..
313
and
Montvalr
Spruce
is available
Ave.,
and
in the
Woburn,
Massac~huscc IS 0 I HOI
Following
mm1
anti
addrf~ssrs
of thy
firms
produ(.ing
the
epoxies
Industrial
Park.
iont~tl:
1-H8, Chem-Tech
Inc.,
Resin
Nj9
Corp.,
I~ancl~r
Wcymouth
Road,
Chagrin
Falls,
Ohio
44U22.
Wrsr
Michigan
I05
fyxy
Ilnipoxv
33561,
atlhcsivc,
Chugwn
Brothers.
Inc..
706
Martin
900 Fourth
Street,
Strecr.
Bay
City,
-18706.
glue.
Kristal
Kraft,
Inc..
Palmetto,
Florida
Chapter
10 properly
build
must
be (11awn
countless
how
a boat
from
full sire.
IO build
l)lans,
lhis fact
articles.
sional
boatbuilders.
but otIlcrs
has been
but
and
repeated
the job
to thr
point
is so important
of monotony
IO the successful
find
it IO be fascinating
work.
Either
OIW must
laitl
ctown
shipyard
loft,
lofting.
trussed.
trace
thr history
down,
to discover
wtrc taken
where
drawing
conform
board.
the work,
flat white
or light gray,
fixed batten
sometimes
having
so to speak,
in a
hence
the terms
mold-
to provide
maximum
light. The wooden
sacred so somt~ vards prohibited
the wraring
was a permanently
drawings,
a workshop
and taking
of shipbuilding
always consisted
or templates
laying
class boat
and templates
from the same
tolerances.
almost
Molds
of a one-design
close dimensional
in
com-
in boatbuilding
would br incomplete
without
a
Thp job is distasteful
to some, even among profes.
to reasonably
plan
floor
was
of hard-soled
dull black,
an absolute
on all
level
and
shoes.
edge that
as a baseline.
Lines
work of enlarging
the plans
from
I.lhES
mold
lofting,
for it is from
that
Figure
reading
sections
as seen
the waterline
from
from.
He also needs
that
interesting,
and
characterize
the profile
from
a hull.
(the
and
are obvious,
conveniently
buttocks.
establish
around
hulls
of the bottom
the architect
and
ends
and
points
Altholtgh
to construct
lines.
simply
or
is viewed),
between
these lines,
from
These
outline
to aid the
because
prowling
of the
the different
be understood,
of the lines
are important,
waterlines,
really
the side,
magazines
in boatyards
are made
should
Some
lines
on planes
plan
prepared.
that
molds
these
define
that
to make
lines
of yachting
or stored
by the designer
of deck
above
Of course,
construction
lines drawn
drawings
the architects
the desibm
under
parts.
constitute
beginner
edge
other
these
67
To provide
a hull
points
to
for dimensions.
These
planes
are called
and diagonals.
If a hull could be lifted straight up out of the water without the resulting hole filling
in with water, the shape of the edge of the hole would be the same as the shape of the
boat at the surface
of the water.
then
convenient
want
divides
spaces,
load waterline.
the depth
Then
are vertical
and
conveniently
centerline.
Finally,
the
diagonals,
because
they
points
having
it has been
points
outlines
or shapes
and
established
the many
shape
above
of the hull,
by vertical
diagonal
fore-and-aft
wherever
a section
points
of the hull
of intersection
these
actually
drawn
planes
lines
no usable
planes
sections.
called
planes.
dimensioned
of the hull,
and
the fore-and-aft
intersecting
to the
are
vertical
signifirant
points
for the
to the
side of thr
these
and
the length
to intersect
are called
and
are drawn
it is possible
as the architect
drawn
as many
the
into
parallel
to each
horizontal
lines running
that
located
outboard
are
and
subdivision
buttocks,
to provide
transverse
intersects
beiow
evenly
to the
For further
horizontal
planes which,
because
they are parallel
planes
diagonal
are located
as is possible.
on the surface
planes
dnd
called
spaced
of inclined
are drawn
vertical
tical,
edges
planes
there
of the boat
lhese planes,
by the designer.
of something
centerline
On the boat,
lines drawn
of
until
lines.
The
the horizontal,
A point
lines,
on the
verhull
and by means
to make molds
is
of
has it designed.
just
as a loaf of bread
would
be if every
other
the same.
show waterline.
diagonal,
a
in
while
and
Y
x
: 2
2P
4,
i
cl
1
n
i
I7
Iy
/
3
I
?,J
)I:
/I t
;i
k,
\
\
1
I/
;I !
I:
j~
!!
I
1
7r
1
.;:-q>
,T
\-,.
\
l
.x.7
k
i
:
3
6
i ;i A
--- i
;
i/l
1
\
\;\
...J
1:
:
3
i,,
J_L
I/
iJI
I
(J
z
n
i
\--\
7.
i+;
\
>
,A
v
A,
,
-Jx.. \
--. \\
X!
.+=-y
_ 7 !
._ Lo.-\L:a
7r
--y
i
::
C
,I /),.
-5
Ll
0
F
i
69
planes
the various
body
plan
diagonal,
a solid block
The shapes
it may
be seen
or waterline
Figure
necessary
are
shown
dimensions
these lines,
any specific
dicated,
how
a point
all the
lines
Note
that
spacing
board,
lines.
Because
tion,
that
and
a table
of the nature
Sometimes
of diagonals,
in Figure
7-1, and
foregoing
together
with
their
the
to build
a boat
have
worked
out for
and
not been
buttocks,
dimensions
For laying
a buttock,
plane.
do not attempt
of waterlines,
of dimensions
on
and on the
hull shown
in the
of the stem,
areas,
wherever
sectional
(Incidentally,
for illustration
the stern
is created
mentioned
by the shaded
on the hull
them.
of a hull
are shown
by an athwartship
lines drawing
to reproduce
purpose.)
half model
of the planes
is intersected
on this plan
from
as though
planes.
and stations
are in-
angle
location
of
curved
in sec-
plan.
it is possible
to define
the shape
of a hull
without
such as in Figure l-7. In the case of a really simple hull with straight-line
sections (see
Figure 7-3), the sheer, deck line, chine, and/or
profile provide a sufficient
number
of
points
lines,
from
which
buttocks.
to make
and
the frames
diagonals,
or molds.
This
as will be explained
eliminates
a little
the need
further
ior water-
on.
Abbreviations
Before
we go any
reader
it should
furtlirr,
for words
to be familiar
bc pointed
out that
sets of lines
plans
for
with them.
Centerline
C.L.
Waterline
W.L.
Buttock
Diagonal
Butt. or buttk
Diag.
Baseline
B.L.
Station
Frame
Sta.
Deck
Dk.
Fr.
Length
over all
Length
of load
L.O.A.
L.W.L.
waterline
Section
Sect.
Displacement
Displ.
fl
Pounds
Longitudinal
Center
many
center
C.B.
of buoyancy
or L.C.B.
C.G.
of gravity
Offsets
An offset is simply
straight
another
line of reference
name
for a dimension,
such as a baseline
view of the lines.
and
drawing
are tabulated
taken
from
or the centerline
because
it is obvi-
...*
.?I.;
:-I
z
<.I
17
5
Hi
;
E
\,,
3
gi,
1 Iju
,L.5
i-j- . j- 3--s
j &G,f !Y-..-0r7
.*! 2 .#*.I
1*/ 3,;
&
-\_
/
1
!I
\< \! ;i ;\ ---t
66
:I
*_: I\
:i
\
iYl
k
t!
4-2I.4
U
.!
;\
2:
0 i~
C
F
dlY
-. . . 57.A
PA
1
,_
is
;i
I
f
/
?1
/:
j>
/I:A
4
,;,, / a
/ i 3
a
2
i:
l:
a
?
61
:
i@
:i
/I$
t
- +
/
~0
?i j,
2i
81
5
01
-
(,:
1;
&.
i 0:
,I:/
i ,; ,
8
1
fj-
I,
i
ii
i
-----
Q
j
J
.a
or
PC
9:
:u
0
/
I
~
I
L:t-
$i
L-----j-~-.
--I
.%A .L
i
;/I
i
-1
I
!.
j
I
I,
\h
I
,
ns
/ 1i !J
I,I ii7
Jn.
?+a
3
. I
I\L4.
*4,
b
\I\
FLAT tkTTOM
L.JEc-
loor
Figure
ously impossible
To eliminate
71
7-3. Slrai~tll-sectrhncd
PLIH
lines.
to write them all on a lines plan and not have them become confused.
a multitude
of fractional
inches.
dimensions,
of inches.
For example,
2-5-3
pride themselves
to one-sixteenth
on the accuracy
of their
or
One of these days metric offset tables will make life a lot simpler than strug-
2-5-31/j.
of an inch.
further along,
be well to note that the lines for a vessels hull are almost always drawn to the outside
surface
fiberglass
skin, or aluminum
of the wood or
must be deducted
The lines for metal ships or large wooden vessels with built-up
the thickness
or steel p!ating
the thickness
or planking
in order
loftsman
from
shaped
installation.
hull lines discussed
waterlines,
buttocks,
and diagonals
involved
depending
upon
boat,
the number
of
Other hull types have fewer lines. Figure 7-Y shows an ordinary flat-bottomed
rowboat
having but four fore-and-aft
lines, namely, the deck and sheer, and two views of the
72
chine,
profile.
were curved.
established
buttocks,
and diagonals.
At a minimum,
boatyards
around
sanded smooth and coated with flat light gray or white paint.
an amateur
level space,
the drawing.
Well-
have such facilities at his disposal, so the next best alternative would be a
such as a floor or platform, where paper or plywood may be used to lay
was 200.pound
Alexandritr
template
paper,
supply indeed.
Lofting
Tools
pencils
between
but an or-
dinary folding six-foot rule will do, and the rule can also be used to lay off many short
dimensions. A large carpenters square, either as manufactured
or homemade out of
:/H
or % wood, is needed for drawing lines perpendicular
to other lines, such as for
station
lines in relation
with a regular
as will a straightedge
long, which you can make yourself from a piece of thin wood. For marking
the really
ing the line on the floor before the chalk rubs off, or a length
line stretched
intervals
tightly between
73
two nails,
marking
in points directly
Battens
Fair curves have no bumps and are pleasing
set of battens,
which
are nothing
more
than straight,
a tapered
square-edged
pieces of clear
stock isnt long enough for the job, batin the middle,
18 to 2 in length.
curve, for a stiff batten will tend to fair itself unless unduly forced, whereas a supple
batten can be passed through all the points and not lie fair. It is difficult to say just
what size battens should be used, as the correct
For certain
for
with ail the taper cut on one edge. For curves in the
selection
of batten
operations,
accumulated
experience
Curves
such as sections. the stem profile. and similar shapes will be drawn with shorter battens, probably j/Hand 14 square, and inasmuch as these curves sometimes have
harder bends in the middle than at the ends, such as around the turn of the bilge, they
may have to be tapered
in the middle in order to make a fair curve that touches all the
points.
A batten is held in place wiih finishing
it. Not necessary
by any means,
from
the standpoint
of readily
sighting the shape of a batten when sprung to a curve, is a coat of flat black paint. The
contrast
The Grid
By examining
waterlines,
buttocks,
diagonals,
Figure
sheer,
for the
Therefore,
it is
the grid, is shown in Figure 7-4. You will note in Figure 7-5 that the grid is set up in a
MAUI.!
A SCRtES
lfJ?tCTLY
OF
Pear J-r5
b4VER
CURL7
11ol-n srR.ocl5
-DRAV/ltdG
D a, m
A STPAIGHT
;LO,L
T
LINE-
.-,
AIL
--
VJlTb-4 5HARP
POdT
--
-BEAM
I
cdcq
FLOOR,
JfRCTCntV
bCTwee~
t-JAILS
COMFASS
SHCCR
K-f-l
*Al-&~
I
t
.
a
e 1
jZIXj ;I\
;iL,F
i ,,,,,,,,
/,,I[;;
,j
I \
1,
al
-THE
._
t
.
BA5E BA7-t-d
(OPTlOtiAL)
GRID-
/T
met6.w mctt
FOE
CLAEWy
THE
HAL/E
DIAGo~IALS
hJOl-
BEt?!d
AtiD
BUlTOC<
5HOWd
L HALF BUEAOTH
OF 5l-EM
FACE
those on an architect Ys
76
compressed
form relative
to the paper
plans:
the half-breadth
plan is superimposed
hands and knees when laying the lines down. (Some professionals
crawling
around
swivel casters.)
the baseline
by drawing a straight
on low
plan.
The
spacing of the stations is laid off along this line and the stations are drawn in perpendicular
to it.
The perpendiculars
beam compass,
or an improvised
a regular
example
in Figure 7-4);
points,
C draw a straight
arcs above
line CA is perpendicular
to the base. This method can be used at each station, or it
can be used at only one, with the resulting right angle used to build a large square for
drawing
in the remainder
The spacing
of the stations
of the straight
waterlines
perpendicular
in profile
to the baseline.
waterline
for reference,
waterline,
With
lines
the exception
of the load
view of the
spacing on
to the base.
with a straightedge.
As mentioned above, the offsets for the curves are dimensioned as heights above the
baseline or distances out from the centerline as the case may be. Some of the dimensions will be long enough
the end of
your rule is exactly on the line or not. To be sure of this and to save time, some
builders nail a batten against the under side of the baseline as shown in Figure 7-4.
The end of the rule can then be butted against it when making measurements.
lnstead
of a batten, a nail may be driven at each intersection of a station with the base. You
will find either way to be very helpful and, to say the least, easier on the knees.
Sheerline
or the deck line will be the first curved line to be drawn and faired.
Starting
0, the table
measure up two feet, eleven inches above the base on Station 0 and make a mark.
Move the rule over to Station 1. read 2-7-2 from the table and make a mark 27%
above the base. The process is repeated similarly at all of the stations.
With all the points marked, it is time to select a batten with which to draw the
sheerline,
placing
it so that it extends beyond the length of the boat at each end. With
at Station
amidships,
Station
2, then at Station
4, alternating
3 of the
Now fasten
should be sprung
to extend
to the unfairness
length,
77
If the batten
points and still does not appear to be fair. pull other nails and make adjustments,
giv-
the architect
scale
compared
because
thus errors
However,
it must be remembered
to obtain
Profile
are bound
to creep
as little as possible
hard spots.
and Rabbet
After the deck line has been drawn in and faired, you can continue working on the
profile plan, drawing and fairing the profile (bottom of keel), the stem, and the rabbet. The rabbet line is normally
found in traditional
wooden construction,
although
it
way 1.0 ensure that the two sets of curves will meet fairly is to extend
profile
forward beyond
quick
INith these bow curves not yet drawn in, the best
the rabbet
and
You will
7-5.
The stem profile and the stem rabbet are drawn with a thin batten, as mentioned
previously. When points for the stem curves have been marked in from the dimensions
on the lines plans, a nail is driven at each spot, the batten is bent against the nails, and
other nails are driven on the opposite side of the batten
If your particular
to hold it in place.
portable
board.
Such a board is easy to move around to suit making molds, and it avoids confusion of
lines on the floor. Referring to the body plan for the lines in Figure 7.2, you can see
that the board or paper
must be somewhat
and at least as high as the distance from the baseline to the sheer at Station 0, the bow.
Begin by drawing the baseline; then draw the centerline perpendicular
to the base.
The waterlines are drawn in parallel to the base, the buttocks parallel to the centerline
and the diagonals
exactly
as dimensioned
Needless
to say, trouble
78
and the buttocks of the body plan are not spaced exactly the
wood anywhere
from the already faired lines on the floor. Butt the end of a strip against the baseline
and mark
the half-breadths
stick against
points;
batten,
centerline
width intersection,
of the rabbet
half-breadths
end of the rule at the base and mark all the heights for Buttock
Follow with Buttock
II. Then
at the centerline
1; then mark
2, and so on. Do the same with the offsets for the other waterlines.
again
7-5.
the centerline
4 in Figure
number.
at Station
At each intersection
each one
the centerline
to each station.
identifying
up position
carefully
These measuring
I with the
lines.
buttock,
Rdy
Plan
Battens
the sheer
point
and beyond
marks on each
using a batten
the rabbet
section.
Then
a batten
is bent
at the centerline,
as shown in Figure
7-6.
Holding the sheer and rabbet points as definitely fixed by the previous fairing of these
lines, examine the batten carefully and shift it, if necessary, to get a smooth, true
curve. Before doing any shifting, remember that points established by lines crossing
other lines at right angles,
architect,
tersections.
drawing,
by
to tell
79
3A
sections,
may appear
may be ignored,
Faking
scaling
sur-
technique.
The waterlines
but on the other
In such a situation
these points
Diagonals
of the sections at
a good angle. Lay a pick-up batten along a diagonal in the body plan, mark and identify all the points where it crosses the sections; then move the batten to the halfbreadth
plan
and
mark
each
diagonal
half-breadth
on its proper
Figure 7-7.
station.
The
80
t
S,.=g5-/---f
_---/!
ii
2 ?I
3, b.4
*,uec
-3,
lBE.&
/
,~ 7p1
+J! PJL
2* +. I._;i
\=z
\ pq&f+-if+
-- I ,xkh~~
_ /
4
%
b--%
x
5: + Ka
i 1.. ~_
t
-WI3
-p&cd
kc*
..; 11 f \
Pa UCc.x1PCD FrzDV
1 1
bL;i> oinr, ~~
- --..__?Li+--~-~
@PpDoJcc5rp~I ,
73 c _ CF ..rcI~~
____
?.bD
3
;.
;
/
--$-Q+
--<;2w:,,//
1 :;;zY
~.
..*
?,I
_ ,*
; .AzyLL&+
y$&,:-
i
9+x:.z
3,.aciO~...
CL*a
PLAtJ-
vrl
- 4. - _u_
/
0
~~ yl - A
:
--.
&.-
,I,,,,
ILTeeSC:l~O*i
OF c,se
X
A..C cl!.Jv3?
* UC 10
Lx- dl er
U~.5d?C3
=erJv em7
P-.-.I
&.G
ofa
diagonai is then faired, again proceeding as described for the sheerline. If the batten
will not go through all the points and at the same time produce a fair line, the usual
adjustments
must be made. Bearing in mind not to make more changes than are
necessary,
Long
Line
When
fairing
accordingly.
Endings
The location
the profile
endings
lines, it is necessary
is fairly simple.
to terminate
Considering
is a definite
them correctly.
of
the corresponding
point in the half-breadth
plan is found simply by projecting the intersection in the profile down to the line ~spresenting the half siding of the stem face in
the half-breadth
plan as shown in A in Figure 7-5. The aft endings are done exactly
at Station
6.
is drawn in plan
is projected
tersection
and buttocks,
wherever a waterline
7-5 illustrates
of the L.W.L.
Buttock
and Buttock
II in profile projected
to
in plan.
The determination
of a diagonal ending at the stem is somewhat more difficult to
understand;
therefore the steps taken are shown in Figure 7-8, which should be selfexplanatory.
81
of the transom
lofting problem
or stern board.
Projected Transom
After the sections have been faired satisfactorily,
of the true shape of the transom or stern board of the boat. Sometimes,
plumb verticai,
More often,
the transom
is raked,
the transom is
station is actually
the
to the builder
and
full size on the mold loft floor. The same is true of the plan
although
transom
bevels.
The only way that a true view, and thus a pattern, of a raked transom can be gotten
is if its shape is projected square off its centerline in the profi!e view.
Flat Transom
Development
Development
of the shape of thr transom
there is nothing
of the simplest
is not necessary
puzzling
shapts development
is sometimes
to the builder,
lines plan.
For
been previously
c35c
but
of illustration,
for the
has bren drawn at the stern end of the lines in Figure 7-9, but this
on a separate
The transom is just thr same as any section, except that it is located at an angle with
the baseline instead of perperldicular
to it. Points on the transom are taken from the
waterlines and buttocks the same as ordinary sections: it is merely a matter of picking
up the waterline
half-breadths
and buttock
remember
throughout
Therefore,
centerline
as indicated
in the diagram.
plan elsewhere.
the development,
drawn across
the transom
grid
is obviously
are spaced 5
the distance
greater
togetht.
be-
than
5.
measured along
the
of waterlines
if you
point to
of the transom,
However,
drawing
is exactly
drawing.
to the rake
of the buttock
as in the design
.,
82
plans,
on the transom
to locate
another
the intersections
o/ a Jlat transom.
development
point,
R.
of the waterlines
of the half-breadth
in profile.
to the transom
and buttocks
half-breadths
proa, b,
and c are picked up with a batten and laid off as points A, B. and C on the
corresponding lines in the grid. With all the points spotted, draw in the transom with a
batten
sections.
If you must draw the transom on a separate sheet, very carefully pick up the spacing
of the intersections
along the profile of the transom on a batten, as shown in Figure
.
location
Curved
Development
Transom
A curved transom
the development
on either a sailboat
above.
or powerboat
is very handsome,
and although
is more involved than for the flat type, the extra work is worthwhile
of points as described
finished appearance
is not generally
necessary
transom
in profile.
is considered.
viewpoint,
becomes a necessity,
counter
sltirn. This
to
such a transom
as seen in profile.
A pat-
--
- --
--
--.-.
-----
Li
-.-
as thougtl G rvlinder
83
:~~~-~:Y
proportioned
as shown in Figure
7-10 is developed
clo-Fly as needed
7-10
has been
are an infinite
purposely
but ordinarily,
between
extra buttocks
is attempted,
beyord
chitect
designs to a vertical
desired
angle in profile
for parts
buttocks
for development
to develrp
the transom
of the tramt.m
station
ac-
must be added
the transom.
with but-
templates
curately,
with but-
principally
at the extreme
above.
There are undoubtedly many methods of transom development in use and sworn to
by their advocates. However, the system illustrated here will at least help the reader
understand
the principle.
To avoid confusion,
to another.
After following
the development
of one view
Figure
swing
an arc of radius as shown on the plans. This is the curve to which the transom planking
will be bent when it is built.
same as in the half-breadth
transom,
around
measurements
buttocks
Figure 7-lOB,
to the centerline,
spaced the
spacing
the buttocks
parallel
the intersections
between
the buttocks
the buttocks
plan.
as
These
tran-
edge of the transom as was done in the flat transom, Figure 7-9. For clarity only one
buttock, Buttock II, has been used as an example in Figure 7-10.
In order to find the point where the transom
line is drawn in the auxiliary
in this view, select convenient
above the centerline
the auxiliary
ferred
at the sheerline.
to the stations
the deck
square them
plan. The widths of the deck at these points are lifted, transf+=rr?d tn
projection,
terminates
projection
and a batten
The half-
RADl U5 OF
TRA?450M -
CE~NTWZ AINC
--
yy~~,gNSO~
,L E!%PANoeo
of a curved transom.
LINES
Figure
Powerboat
Sailboat
devehpment
85
Transoms
transoms
often
have considerable
rake,
as shown in Figures
but there is usually little angle to those on modem power cruisers. A small amount of
rake may be neglected in the development
of the transom, and the radius can be
drawn directly
on the half-breadth
plan,
as will be explained.
The powerboat
stem
shown in Figure 7-12 is not typical of many present day boats in that the topside sections do not tumble home. This avoids having waterlines that pile up on top of one
another and makes the transom development easier to understand.
Draw the profile
profile
Holding
jected
view of a waterline
the specified
or buttock
radius constant
the half-breadth
buttocks
intersections
throughout,
and project
every intersection
up to the centeriine
of it with the
in the half-breadth
plan corresponding
plan.
7-12A.
Of course it is important
around
7-12B.
ProyWc:
lines in
that the
I!
i
/ IHj
: i$j
01
1;
1
: i
3 ; i
i j 1
li
/,
l-J1
*-
;
;
2
CL
F
-4-~~
3
CL
I2
---
Ii,
/ / ;
:.
vt: -1
I/ Al/ A
3i 3,
,I1 1
: ;
z-y
--
-z-_
+
SE
#I
nH
3
0
ii
-&&
i j
3 3 !/ A-4
/I !
I +I
,
I
IL
!B
ys(I
/j
+t-
i:j
j/ y -2
i p F
-2
.2
e
b3
.=
% P
G
P% C
@ E
z
F:
k;;I
hz
-I E
k1
3,1 P
9 i2
t
/
SOa
>z c
0: 5
: 4 $.
WB
t-IL -7
,
t 00
2111
c
20
St 3
., 26 2
b
sl
d
A
2
EL
.r(
Fr
LINES
AND
1 1 YING
DOWN
87
The development is the shape of the outside edge of the transom planking, but
allowance must be made for the bevel on the edges, which causes the transom to be
on the inside than on the outside face.
larger
planking
Computer-Aided
before
When making
the allowance
the transom
for beveling
frame,
:he
can be made.
Lines Fairing
lines drawing.
drawing,
due to mistakes
manship.
in this chapter
is to correct
the offsets,
to depart
and because
errors in the
a small-scale
ani, mold-making,
hull
resulting
in corrected
rule.)
A logica!
extension
with an ordinary
of computer-aided
lines fairing
of a
drawing of the body plan, and this is discussed in the next chapter.
I have used firms supplying computer-guided
lofting for hulls up to 78 feet in length.
25 Hallett Hill Road, Weston,
Such lofting is available
from Justin E. Ketwin,
Massachusetts
02193;
Bristolcomp,
Street,
Rhode
Island 02809;
Bristol,
#3, Baldwinsville,
New York
13027.
c/o Halsey
C.
and Hullforms,
Herreshoff,
Inc.,
Inc.,
3667 Woodland
18 Burnside
Drive,
RD
Chapter
S, TEMPLATES,
AND THE BACKBONE
Upon completion
of the full size drawings of the lines for the hull. the builder is at last
or cold-molded
wooden hull.
they are
than that used for the boat parts. Any lumber except
hardwood is suitable, the thickness of the molds varying with the size of the boat. A
rough guide is XV for boats to 16 , % for 16 to 24 , and 1 rror 1 igNfor Z&footers. As
you will see further
along,
There
is gained
that setting
exboat
up the frame
when the
When a number
advantageous
to make a permanent
for further
in Figure 7.2, like those for all small boats, are drawn to
the thickness
of the planking
Similarly,
frames
for v-bottomed
boats are made only after the thickness of planking has been deducted.
It should be obvious after you have studied construction
that to make a mold for a
round-bottomed
bined
thickness
framing,
and ribbands
must be deducted
the com-
wooden construction,
89
MAW
THICdNES5
OF
PlAhi~lbJB
AT
C?EQUEtdT ItdTERLALS
RAOlYS=
OF
THIC~(NE
l=LANC(\NG
deductions
depend
of each construction
or covering
need be deducted.
in the chapter
on Fiberglass
one-off
fiberglass
sandwich
the deduction
skin thickness
thickness
hull as described
must be equal to
plus the ribband
must be equal
or
Countless boats have been built from molds where planking thickness was deducted
by simply drawing lines inside the sections by the amount of the planking thickness.
However, this method is only acceptable
when the planking is thin. Let me try to
simplify
planking
through
the planking,
wouid measure
correctly
of the
only q the
90
AEC
Figure 8-2.
CL
,P:-h
.-_
4-n
L
hole were at right angles (n,.-TmaI) to the surface o/the it&i. (See Figure 8-2.) By the
a truly accurate deduction when the hole
itselj lies in the same athwartships plane as the stations. Thus, in a shapely hull, the
proximately
parallel
amidships,
planking
absolutely
diagonals
snore accurately.
waterlines
run
break away
ap-
sharply
would
almost
of adding
to those shown on the lines plan, but this chore is not necessary in
view
in addition
pian
thickness
correct,
where the
to the waterlines
in the p!an view of the lines, then pick up this thickness along
the station line and transfer it to the body plan, laying it off normal to the section.
Figure 8-3.) When this has been done at each waterline,
(See
all the points to get tire inside of planking. Once you have done this for a few points the
work will go quite rapidly.
When all the sections have been redrawn to the inside of planking, the molds for a
round-bottomed
and
Figure 8-l shows how the shape of the section is transferred to the mold stock by pressing the lumber down against closely spaced tacks with their heads laid on the line to be
reproduced.
Turn
to connect
heads, then work the board to the line. Do this for each station.
It is not practical to use boards wide enough to get out an entire half mold all in one
piece. Therefore,
venient manner to suit the lumber stock. Just remember that the mold must not be too
flimsy. Normally the mold should be extended a half foot or so above the sheerline,
but if it is planned to build the boat upside down-a
logical method for small
craft-the
molds should be extended to a straight baseline above the sheer that
represents
the building
is made parailel
floor.
Depending
to the waterline
baseline
planked
fastening
them
yP,Aw.r
<TI.
c;F
IT,.I
01 L&WcTFF
PLaNa.
TntCuiNtSs
Pmc*
UPo,CT.*.s
n-n.
02 -rPa.+.(~5L
l-0
9cJoy
P-IUICIHG
fLAti
(WC@)
A-4
NORM&L
LC*I
planking
MALI<
t-
LAY OFF
l-0 %a-
l?$T.RND
bI3o+lD
-I *
A-
CM-SIDE
I-
-7 CLhESS
=-r--i@
9I
01 AOOhlnL
LAccclRFZ
MOLD
5ucCR
ORACRS
MOLOS
It
Od
li
SWttR, L.W.L.
4 c.L. Od MoLD 7
\I I \\
9lMPLlFl~D
rl
\
SECURELY
FATTEd
&Ails
HEIGHT
IF
ALL
ARR&<~Mt
A0Ovk
MOLD
T+*RTcTs-- PRRFRRAR~s
vJIl-bl5ceRNs
-
bhXCI+
KCfL
MOLD
-TO
CohlSRU
92
together
fcr reference
Turn
the first half of the mold over so thar. the butt blocks are down and make a second half
to match
side. Connect
the two halves at the bottom with a block, which should be notched if reand fasten a crosepiece, called a spall, at or near the
deck line. Spalls on all molds should be level, and if they all are located
height above the waterline
at the same
keel or floor.
In boatbuilding
the thickness
language
as dimensioned
on the con-
of the material
Ideally,
plan.
whereas
a stem for a
small craft like a dinghy should be made from a natural hackmatack or oak crook as
they were some years ago. A template of the stem would be taken to the dealer in this
material
builders,
Most often the stem is too large to get out of a natural crook, so an assembly of wood
will be made up as illustrated in Figure 8-5 or the stem assembly will be laminated. For
the amateur,
a lamination
out.
When an assembly of parts is used, templates
transferred
of the rabbet
of the rabbet
retains
a constant
that consumes
the thickness)
half-breadth
and so it is with
the thickness
of planking
method,
has been drawn as well as the half siding of the face of the stem, and on
and bearding
half-breadth
method
each waterline
line is generally
width throughout
8-5.
plan, and even though it is shown, it should be checked full size for accuracy
and fairness.
rabbet
for
is
4A in the profile,
Figure
in the
with a batten.
The lines
Figure 8-5.
for the rabbet and the outline of stem parts are all transferred
to the template
material
are laid out on the stem material and arranged so that there will be a
minimum of cross grain in the finished part. Cut and plane the parts to shape (if too
heavy for your equipment have a mill do this for you) and lay them out on the full-size
lines to check the alignment
line, all the waterlines,
put the stem together
pound between
Whether
(the surfaces
bedding generously
long enough
by using a grommet.
This is a ptece of
to the wicking and wind it around the bolt just under the head just
centerline
position.
After
assembly
the
of the boat on the stem and the width of the stem face on each side of the
centerline.
Referring
to the half-breadth
in the assembled
precaution
before
of the joints
at each waterline.
at the waterlines,
between
the templated
the rabbet
The
rabbet
94
M0I.D.S.
TEMPI.,-I
7'E.S.
:I.VIj
TIIE
RrlCKR0.V~
i=C>-T
r;.:
Figure 8-6.
rc~nficienc~
fessionals
the time
perience
it more
if the full-six
drawing
However,
their
rabhet
is not as accurate
as it might
acctrate.
In the beginning
vals throughout
of Chapter
r!re length
7 it was stated
of the boat
that
to define
vertical
the shape
sections
are drawn
of the hull,
at intcr-
but it should
be
realized that sections can be drawn through the hull at any angle, not only at the verthe horizontal
planes of the waterlines,
or the
tical planes of the stations and buttocks,
often does this while drawing
the construction
plan to
diagonal
planes. The designer
get the true,
drawn
accurate
normal
sizes of parts
to the part
is full accuracy
out-of-normal
at the bow,
assured.
it certainly
assembly:
only when a section is
Since the waterlines
and buttocks
pays to draw
auxiliary
sections
at
reason
face,
so.
or nearly
bevels
should
be taken
be drawn
separately
right
as was done
as in Section
in Section
A-A.
back rabbet,
and
and effort, the sec-
B-B of Figure
8-6, rather
MOLDS,
95
W.L.n
L@&WE*IDICULA(ZS To
INTW~ECTIO~~
C.!m. 9,
DUAWJ -IiWJ
OF BuTrocK
4 PJAT=LINEC
C&SnP
@lr -j-HE C.L. OF THE.
5=3-lO~.
LAY OFF ON -rwz QERPEwIcuLALJ
-WE HALF
~%EAD*!:
3~ me
ku~-rERLlrJEr
t: WnocrCC
cZ$O5<-.
EFAMPLE:
BUTT. 1 AVOVE-
Figure
First
a centerline
enough
draw
buttocks
a fair
waterlines
place,
For
see Figure
face
of the stem,
on /he prqfi[~
long
enough
to cross
to give a number
of points so a batten can be set up to
the centerline
for Section
A-A intersects
two
Then
perpendiculars
intersections
of how these
to the
in p/arc
instance,
a huttork.
and buttock
lustration
normal
and waterlines
section.
and
waterline
is drawn
stern sections
and
perpendiculars
8-7.) Next
TO this centerline
at the joints
can
the half-breadths
be laid
in the stem
off when
at these points
are drawn
assembly.
the section
at the
of intersection
in
are picked
of making
shown
templates
by Figure
as illustrated
8-5, make
by Figure
8-6.
them
rabbet
the
back
rabbet,
half-breadth
accurate
sections
and the
plan
in the
drawn
on the
96
MOLDS,
YEMPLATES,
AND
THE
BAChRONE
REVEL
AT
DE&
rT===+
4=-n
i-lAiF
ILAbJ
0READTH
AT CHINE
BE\;Ei
=F
0EiEL
AT
KEEL
-_
.i-u
BOTTOM
FRAME
FPAME
Figure 8-8.
4 (~~%ING AFT)
Stopwaters
Softwood
dowels
from leaking
called
into
stopwaters
are fitted
the joints.
it is imperative
that
full effectiveness:
in joints
in the backbone
The location
they
be placed
to prevent
of stopwaters
wherever
the rabbet
V-Bottomed
Temporary
molds
are
not
bottomed
hulls.
of the structure.
Figure
l-3 and
Instead,
necessary
the body
are beveled
(See A of Figure
for
plan
Typical
l-4 in Chapter
fcr
crosses
Frames
nent
part
water
is important
1, but
the
is used to make
v- and
Figure
of v-bottomed
frames
arc-bottomed
these sectional
so the planking
8-8 and
construction
that become
frames
will bear
8-10.)
hull
against
In many
and
the entire
arc-
a perma-
are shown
that
thickness
in
the botof
is not the
MOl.DS,
same
at the sheer
of boat
hulls.
the amount
of bevel.
approximately
bevel needed.
and
as it is at the chine.
The character,
be measured
plan
and
as indicated-
If the frames
the same,
from
have some
sections
frames
the
curve,
Bevels
chine
To determine
bevel
bevels
with
chines,
chine
points
in the half-breadth
The bevels
above
from
the
buttocks
by planing
however
(and
previously
discussed.
--...
-..
&-
by the method
shown
off
the
the frames.
~-
are just
in the profile.
time saving
measured
are
as described
and clamps
At that time,
are made
accuracy,
taken
is set up.
adjustments
more
and between
at major
are
the keel,
the boat
plan,
the keel
in Figure
at points
half-breadth
and
when
in and
bevels
at chine
the bevels
in which
later
in the
between
or cut
work,
97
be beveled.
the waterlines
similarly
for more
BACKBONE
line between
points
frames
must
with straight
cut in a straight
makes
THE
B-B in Figure 8-8, where the deck line and chine are
it can be seen that there is practically
no
to the centerline,
as the deck and chine curve in toward the centerline,
forward
This
or curvature,
AND
At Section
parallel
f-fowever,
For a simple
TEMPLATES.
in Figure
to
should be
thickness
.~
Id ,,irrd
Figure
8-9.
98
MOLDS.
TEMP1.A
.4 ND
TES.
T1i
'E
BACKBOh'E
\I j
I
ef11
-DE
/
-2%
L
RE\JEL
BOAED
Figure 8-9(a)
can be made
ten,
then
up by the builder
the bevels
marked
should
and applied
be marked
on the actual
right
frame
as shown
on the body
material
so that
to measure
plan
it can
diagonals
the bevels.
in degrees
be sawn
Once got-
for reference
to shape
and
with the
Bevel Board
Instead
of using
yourself
a simple
3 I,$ rr wide
bevel
along
read
it off.
and
a protractor
bevel board
mark
to measure
as shown
off angles
from
a bevel
in Figure
each
8-9(a).
zero to about
board
until
time
you take
30 degrees.
Slide
about
the adjustable
and
as
When a bevel is marked
on a piece of stock t o be sawn, it must be designated
either under or standing,
marking
the piece UB or SB. This is most important,
and
after
you have
ruined
a few pieces,
the principle.
MOLDS,
Lofting
defining
with enlarging
the shape
otherwise.
are
a male
hulls frames
by computer
1oc::tion
complete
If lofting
tion
project
bevels
given
is used,
from
will be furnished,
The
Theres
mold
partitions
for round-bottomed
at uniform
dividing
intervals.
the cabin
material,
shell
boats
are built
full-size
you
how the
An explana-
as many
bevels as you
too many
spacing
the
bevels
than
for v-bottomed
of joiner
bulkheads,
those
of welded
drawings
should
steel or aluminum
alloy framing,
from
which
be ordered
with a
the computer
to shape
from
flat
of the
plating.
Transom
and Transom
Bevels
the station
but
bulkhead
drawings
are desired,
these, too, can be supand once again you should ask for the edge bevels.
so the drawings
times
the location
is avoided,
drawings.
but better
etc.,
at any
to you. Therefore,
accommodations,
hulls
Sometimes
plotter
you understand
to the section
compurer.
for
of the hull.
that
two or three
that
that
is where fairing
or unequally)
in the yard
Be certain
with probably
no stopping
the outside
be applied
Here
equally
or
hulls molds
and
A computer-guided
either
of the lofting
people.
fiberglass,
frames
the boat.
the expense.
from
or frames
should
along
just
spacing
is usually
most
metal,
the
chapter,
it be wood,
to build
justifies
the computer
by the computer
really need.
too few!
service
99
in the previous
to shape
with deductions
hulls
BACKBONE
on which
on which
through
by computer
order
bevels
THE
scale drawing
whether
it was explained
framework
are needed
of the hull,
in this chapter
to make
v-bottomed
bevels
.4MD
was mentioned
of the outside
Earlier
needed
must
TES.
by Computer
Fairing
which
TEMP1.A
of the transom
shape
molds,
the stem,
has been
illustrated.
are needed
explained
before
transom.
The
simplest
method
the transom
to the outside
of planking
and
rabbet
Both methods
are shown in Figure 8-10.
Figure 8-10A shows that the inside of the transom
at the top edge where the shape depends
upon
boat narrows
from amidships
to the transom.
v-bottomed
boat,
the edges
of the transom
must
the edge
is larger
thaii
the construction
Consequently,
be beveled
except
to allow
the planks
to lie
100
MOLDS,
TEMPLATES,
AND
THE
BACKBONE
NC BE .E (ILcoeeECT:
RE .ELE3
-i%.ri70K
ETABBE?FD
fLAh.JSOM
A.
/X-T-
Figure i3-10.
are taken
from
the full-size
in the half-breadth
plan
and
profile
drawing.
curate
it should
shown
Small
doweled
are generally
glued. The
boat transoms
and waterproof
planks
can
marine
Larger
plywood,
transoms,
be properly
hull planking
lines as shown
in Figure
fastened
in the
to the surface
of
8-9.
made
boards
or thicker
the seams
the seams
backed
are usually
or cheek
pieces
on the inside
edges to take a
is usually a vertical
member
on the centerline,
the transom
to the keel or horn timber.
For the
of transom
with battens.
planks
Wide
If single
planked,
FLAT
TeAd5OM
________
I___
L-
PM
B0l-K
5KlFF
~_--
i rtiee~s~~
EWTTOM
PLAN<:lNG 1
./-
TeA&.OM
TWO-PIECE
PARBETEP
PLAIJlC tit&
ARC
5-rTtM
-4
PLANK
lCEEL
SCM
BOTTOM
8
,
CErJTER0OAKb
Ti?UNK
LOGS
UT
stiffeners outboard
engine stringers.
of the centerline.
Most transoms
cold.
In transoms
that
These
radius
RA00ET
small
keels.
are sometimes
spaced
to prevent
the planks
boat
to the transom
the planks
can be soaked
being
bent
with hot,
frame.
are quite
the preference
a number
of keel construction
of the architect,
and sometimes
The
to be encountered
and
8-12.
to say.
Needless
for
methods,
varying
locality.
by the amateur
are illustrated
in Figures 8-l 1
only sound
timber
should go into the
longevity,
POWER
WOOD
BOAT
SHAFT
WITH
LOG
dMCI
%
r BeaLL
~cI%cP
L Fe*=- -ctf
r- ~. - ~.&z~&LL,,
._-pig=,.
-;_ +.
- --------&,
,
?
- 4OPC~~CLL
,)*AFT ,TCV
I lk
y*;-+
*g;::;
..qj
4
. .-~ -.-_
$ .~~~~.~~~~~_~~=lb~=f
-4 -_-_
--.--
wve.4
l-
BOAT
Lo
---\
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.~
-...
._...
~-- ~ _. #t\-\
---A
I(*lec
PL
c.c- LAP
.--k-
__-L-.-y+-
Eau.C,T<ccl.
many
possible
backbone
structures.for
powerboats
MOLDS,
backbone
members.
members,
but other
White
wood
The flat-bottomed
building
used,
is the
usual
can be used
upside
down,
one on each
side instead
inner
stem,
as shown,
and
then
to avoid
the outer
for keel
in Figure
are notched
of a single
THE
by local
and
backbone
stems
When
Sometimes
stem is fastened
other
aft. Straight
103
is very common.
rabbeting.
BACKBONE
practice.
8-11A
material
shown
the forms
AND
as dictated
skiff construction
the boat
is cross planked
oak
TEMPLATES.
twin keelsons
Before
are
fastening
are frequently
the
made
up
to the inner,
with sealant
between
the
two.
The rabbeted
keel in Figure
was done
templates
and then
the planking.
The
8- 11 B is typical
in Figure
8-5.
the stations
to make
amateur
it easier
will find
This
thr
after
sailboats
is all right,
to the keel.
frame
board
halves
butt
a continuous
them
composition
because
like that
be taken
and
be thick to make
There
shown
to attach
keel.
for
to exclude
the floor
to the frames
fair rabbet
the pieces
plank
As
from
the rabbet.
a rabbet,
the garboard
boats.
station
keel if he fastens
to form
between
at the centerline,
be well fastened
many
at each
the two-piece
first beveling
If the frames
must
to make
be cut
but
for a great
should
Figure
construction
the rabbet
timbers
in
to the
the frames
connecting
through
rhe keel.
Powerboat
The
Keels
keel structure
shown
in Figure
8-12A
is typical
of many
modern
powerboats.
The
The
timber
rabbet
aft is rabbctcd.
tightness
where
continued
aft and
Although
fittrd
not scen
of mention.
amateur
to make
worked
stopwaters
through
piece
do, and
the bolts
mercially
a jig must
made
the needed
for splines
with
bolts
function
length
packing
bottom
so long
in the
and
of sufficient
by welding
may
length.
shaft
the shaft
holes
of rod.
for water-
log in Figure
this
8-12B
is easier
is
for the
table
saw or with
pine.
are
not cut.
The chances
Therefore,
in a piece
horn
a plow
be troublesome
the hole.
is installed
section:
such as white
as the bolt
B-11B. The
of the rudder.
be cut on a small
as well as when
to align
gland
the bottom
because
of softwood
just
in Figure
the wooden
piece,
can
boat
an auger
be devised
auger
The
log is shown
a log in a single
with
log with
as formerly,
and
log is bored
because
as much
of the splines
the splines
against
shaft
grooves
lhe purpose
A two-piece
than
out and
plane.
A bronze
the shaft
worthy
add
l.ight.
The
that
It is all right
The
shaft
to cut
splines
swell
hole in a one-
have someone
finding
a com-
It is very important
that
and
the shaft
104
MOLDS,
TEMPLJTES,
hole be lined
around
with
the hole.
and stuffing
Fin-Keel
AND
a light
THE
copper
BACKBONE
tube
or lead
pipe
are flanged
to exclude
under
water
from
the wood
bearing
box.
Sailboats
Fin-keel
sailboats
up to about
8-12C.
Indeed
even
larger
enough
to need
steaming
after
Attention
be given
ballast
had
shown
Probably
bent
in Figure
down
over.
to the sequence
of the bolting
extend
although
sometimes
carefully
as called
shaped
down,
must
have
to bend
boats
from
in order
the casting
they terminate
between
and although
to properly
through
frames.
it requires
fasten
the deadwood,
The deadwood
is
the water.
and
the rounded
can
be painted
paint
forward
Large Sailboat
backbone
in Figure
is sheathed
8-12D
sailboats
is a thick
plank
throughout
the length.
the heights
of the
It is rabbeted
keel stock.
shape
aligns
The
along
the full-size
with
from
it is impossible
of marine
sheet
the outline
draw
keel sailboats
end
brought
to
growth,
around
on
but
as shown
is drawn
or combination
in on the full-size
and
similarly
along
up from
After
on the underside
at each section
is then
changing
ternplated
then
spacing
sec-
A centerline
is picked
up
than
and the
profile;
the sections
a batten.
The ver-
spacing
in width
to the corresponding
(the station
because
varying
in the section.
keel
to end,
side,
the half-widths
the baseline
of most
half-breadths
copper
stock
with tacks.
thickness
to each
accumulation
with light
is typical
upwards
same
the forward
over
To prevent
for it to be fastened
Keels
and centerboard
tical position
While
it hard
enough
is gouged
of the rudder.
swinging
The
edge
by alternately
the concave
the after
to the
sure it
bevel to which
as a guide
to cut the
for cutting,
as
MOLDS,
TEMPLATES,
105
is the piece
that
and
tion
in some
timber
horn
timber
is taken
the various
backbone
work is made
Backbone
After
horn
horizontal
fasten
connects
to the transom
clear
from
are inexpensive
quid should
Through-bolts
to each
by construction
members
rabbet
Much
timber
connects
sailboats.
Both
the
in the body
other.
sections
are shaped,
plan.
Knees
are used to
of the backbone
on the architects
on the construction
so the assembly
construc-
plans.
plan
be driven
C) that
together
no crevices
Under
of cotton
Very often
wicking
annoying.
are fitted
is stringy
the familiar
after
the parts
white
it is
The li-
for
All parts
in the joints
possibly
are finally
in balls
wicking.
later.
it is advisable
would
that
floor timbers
until
in and
bolts
the bolts
available
lamp
be studied
composition
or to collect
and drift
before
cotton
have been
qualities.
woven
preparations
must
in the structure
lead or other
in paint
will prevent
Wicking
because
fitted
of through
soaked
together,
to seep through
the washers
this treatment
and
have thick
properly.
at this time
must
them
These
(Figures
bolted
to fastening
will go together
but prior
the investment
also be poured
down the
and drift bolts, described
as shown
least
The
and
sequence
that
to a stem.
the sections
members
of power
Bolting
recommended
being
types
start
driven
at marine
to
to wind
home.
be troublesome
The stopwaters
so
or at
suppliers
mentioned
and
earlier
bolted.
Scarphs
It is not always
possible
to obtain
bilge
clamps,
and
stringers,
pieces
shelves.
Fortunately,
sufficient
lengths
may be found
for
keels more often than for theother parts, even though an extensive search is required.
The backbone
requires
enough
work of the builder
without
his having to splice the
keel,
particularly
long
members
Nowaday:<
glued,
Bolts
strain.
are
type shown
pieced
these joints
the joint
when
8-13 illustrates
that
all have
The joint
for stringers
and
nibs
shown
clamps.
out
in Figure
are often
be made
up with
thickness
three
8-12D.
by means
in wood
should
are staggered
Figure
noted
the
to prevent
of through-bolted
the usual
one part
hooked
scarph.
be avoided,
joints
called
for good
thick
white
lead
the
scarphs.
measure.
If not
or heavy
paint.
permits.
of scarphs
commonly
from
it cannot
waterproof-glued
of lumber
types
When
slipping
plain
scarph
B, is sometimes
in use,
and
by the other
that
it should
when
is extensively
employed
be
under
used
in backbone
106
/iI
(ILDS,
TEM
PLrl
TES.
4 ND
I-II/i
HACKLWNl:
FEATHER
EDGE
ROLTS STAGGEPED
KnEd
TH ICtiNE5S
A. PLA\h)
SCARPH
B.
H03ti
SCARPH
KEY
SCARPH
c.
Figure
8-13.
PEiZMT5
~~OUIUIOII
scarphs
us ktds,
members.
Just
simply a plain
as effective,
and easier to make, is the key scarph
scarph mortised
to take a tightly fitted rectangular
durable
like white
made
wood
of two wedges
oak or black
driven
from
both
Such wedges
locust.
In large
timbers
shown in C. This is
key, preferably
of
the key is sometimes
are made
with a taper
of about
fastenings
are carefully
planned
one-half
inch
to the
foot.
The
scarphed
drawings
experienced
keel,
and
by the architect.
the timber,
scarphs
joints
while
most
A rough
builder
the designer
their
should
are made
not be able
or a competent
suitable
length
up to one-fourth
to locate
boatbuilder
the available
a piece
should
and
is six times
shown
the depth
of the depth.
material.
on the
of
of
01.13.s.
TE.21
PI..*1
TES,
A ND 1.1IE R.~lI:KHo:vE
107
Tenons
The
mortise-and-tenon
ing grain
joint
perpendicular
is sometimes
to each other.
S-12D
are typical.
way across
parts
are fitted
and
put together
together.
with
Whatever
white
called
The
When
to lock adjoining
between
the vertical
the pieces,
the case.
upon
joints
and therefore
the joint
must
parts.
members
hav-
sternposts
and
the tenon
it is not visible
be made
is made
when
the
as snug as possible
Chapter
SETTING UP
With
the
backbone
and
molds
made,
the
builder
is ready
preparatory
to framing
the hull. Just as much care and accuracy
work of setting up as went into the mold loft work and construction
Continued
attrntion
later.
The
method
of setting
hull,
but
in general,
most
much
to detail
small
craft
upon
up
upside
boat
in time saved
and construction
down,
the
to set
a method
of the
that has
merit.
the majority
are constructrd
boat
of boats,
excluding
like a flat.bottomcd
skiff when
small
stock
be impractical
boats produced
on a mass basis,
it is so easy to fasten
the bottom
in building
planks
with the
hull
inverted.
By the same reasoning,
flat-sectioned
boats like v- and arc-bottomed
boats
hulls are also set up and built upside down. The same is true of small lapstrake
that are planked over molds. In this case, the fitting of the lapped plank scams is very
hulls, on which the
much simplified
with the hull upside down. Smail. strip-planked
planking
is started at the keel and worked toward the sheer, are best built right side
up, because it is much easier to nail downhand.
and if it has been decided to bend the
frames of a round-bottomed
boat on the inside of the ribbands
as mentioned
under
Molds in Chapter
8, the boat should be built right side up in order to readily bend the
frames.
Any other method
will be too heavy or bulky
upright.
would be impractical.
In other instances
the finished hull
for the amateur
to turn over and should therefore
be built
SETTING
Building
Under Cover
Considering
that
during
precious
your
cover
weather
if possible.
provides
can be a drawback
spare
also permits
means
of overhead
is ideal
an. outdoor
construction
have
from
builders
found
somewhat
more
Building
Upside Down
When
building
difficult
upside
down,
on top of it accordingly.
in Figure
bracing
of molds
be made
and
can
bring
task
under
well,
or rainy
under
lights
backbone
and
to the roof
smooth.
On the other
as many
of bracing
work to a halt
be established
windy
be built
evenings
to serve
the
and
should
a grid must
amateur
the
frame
positioned
following
beyond
the boat
the sheer
and located
convenient
working
to ~II a~ bitrary
inverted
above
the highest
point
height.
The molds
forward
baseline
parailel
of amidships
their
proper
position
Use a plumb
floor,
line to align
the centerline
and-aft
direction.
against
fore-and-aft
8 that
it would
molds:
Fasten
movement.
it is now that
to the floor
if the mold
cross spalls
It must
be emphasized
not
be the
centerline
to bring
that
where
them
the utmost
part
and
were fitted
9-2.
on the
of a mold in a forebrace
them
securely
out in Chapter
at the same
level on all
out of
Figure
centerline
to the proper
care
will be forced
in the sketch,
the upper
If the building
of
for
with blocks
of a mold
calculated
the ribbands
as shown
the molds
be helpful
lines,
of the hull,
off
are
to the baseline
of the station
lines, and those aft of amidships
on the forward
lines. The reason for this system will be obvious when the ribbands
molds
is
is a description
of how the 12.foot skiff shown
A centerline
is first drawn in on the
be set up in such a manner.
9-1 might
The
hull
to be done
site can
weather
be cold
your
work
whether
experience,
and
if it should
for boatbuilding,
time
A building
convenient
rafters.
hand
109
LIP
between
level, the
the floor
height.
be taken
to align
the backbone
same
on
and baseline,
both
waterlines
sides
if the
setting
and station
up is not
done
accurately.
lines,
The
and as such,
enable
the builder
to erect the backbone
and molds with the use of vertical
and
horizontal
lines just as the designer laid out his lines plan and construction
drawings.
Shores
structure
and
braces
of sufficient
in any direction.
The
number
braces
must
may
be fitted
to prevent
be of low-quality
lumber
movement
of the
of any kind.
To continue
setting up, drop the keel, with stem, transom,
and knee attached,
into
position
over the molds and screw the assembly
to blocks on each mold. Secure the
-7
.III
110
SETTING
UP
before
setup,for
building a small
the installation
q/the
ribbands.
making
sure it is raked
to the correct
hull upside
and
square
everything
has been done accurately,
the station lines marked
cide with the molds. If not, the frame is not properly
alignzd
One test of fairness
bet, around
the sheer.
The
is to bend
the molds.
If not,
ribbands
The
a long
batten
should
batten,
should
until
not be installed
the batten
until
to hold it in position.
angle
touches
the molds
down,
across
the boat.
If
tried
anywhere
from
aligned
keel to
forcing.
to your com-
plete satisfaction.
Building
When
Outdoors
building
probably
substantial
boats
the most
timbers
outdoors,
satisfactory
longer
there
are many
for upside
than
the boat.
and made
arrangements
down
building
These
should
that
are workable,
but
to the ground
on the molds
on
are fastened
athwartships
at stations
::F!?Ei-
Figure 9-2.
and staked
solidly
against
M~LW~ej LyM
LINE5-
movement.
Keel sup-
SETTING
<.;,
UP
111
F em
2
c,-Trce \yb/
:h54JC~Oh
&EL
;, ,
Figure 9-3.
ports
are built
up with
mold
laterally.
(SW Figure
Building
to the proper
height,
and shores
the
9-3.)
Right Side Up
In the same
manner
blocks
as described
for boats
for motorboats,
that
are
for building
are to be built
set on posts
upside
right
erected
down,
a centerline
station.
and station
narrow
The
keels, like
posts must
bc
of ktd
posls
112
SETTING
UP
checked
turnbuckles
Such
set up between
fastening
prevents
Quite
eye bolts
the
hull
on their
from
being
construction,
flat keels,
with
floor
near
and wedges,
frequently,
but
the ballast
only
to shore
keel casting
planking
is
lift the hull
the stems.
Sailboats
and deadwood
added
fastenings
to the floor
and
to take
the considerable
weight
of a boat
of this
type.
Ribbands
After
the backbone
the ribbands
mentioned
and
are applied
under
Molds
all molds
to hold
have
been
the parts
in Chapter
set up accurately
rigidly
8, where
and properly
in position.
Ribbands
it was pointed
out that
braced,
were briefly
they
are long
3,
/
,?,
,~
iP
SE?IING
UP
113
around
the frames
between
made
not
to shape
perfectly
cluttered
frames
clear
the molds
in order
the molds.
The function
by the photograph,
up with
scaffolding.
to the ribbands,
to provide
Figure
they
of molds
9-6. which
As considerable
it is best that
a form
pressure
be of moderately
against
which
and ribbands
to bend
should
be
is a rare treat
because
it is
is needed
to clamp
the
hard
and strong
wood,
bent
but
against
them,
bent
not so heavy
that
to bend
or
out of alignment.
As a safeguard
against distorting
the shape
are applied
alternately
port and starboard.
Ribbands
are
like 1% n x 1% , and
spaced
about
10 rr apart,
or
Figure 9-7. Above: ?irv mm ut right arc fitting riblmndJ prior tojiwmirl.g (1 raciq
O?IIO/I of Ihc
.sloop, Note n;i>ld brarcjs to thcJ mftcsrs ofthc buildi?zg nlld the strongbd
(Roscw/dd).
Below. Figure 9-8. Thh
nlold cross s/~uIls on t bra cent c~rliw q f the hr.
molds aw stackrd h
nlold i.s /wing sat up cind rclwfilllvchrckcd
,fk itlig nl(rlt. 0th
thr backgrou~ld.
,,Jw,~<
/,
II
II
SETTING
lj
116
SETTING
UP
1% x 2 spaced
molds
before
The
about
getting
differences
9-6 and
in ribband
9-7. Figure
has already
been
sizes between
Figure
have relatively
light frames.
should
ribbands
fastening
various
hull
The ribbands
be located
should
where
the middle
first and,
be tried
around
the
cruising
for a racing
indicates
sloop.
auxiliary
be in single
lengths
that
A comparison
sloop will
if possible,
other-
be spliced as shown in Figures 9-3 and 9-6. This type of splice tends to
flat spots in the ribbands,
but as a further
precaution
against hard
the splices
Husky
definitely
for a moderately
of the ribband
spots,
should
framed;
A sample
a foot apart.
out the stock
easily
working
washers
as the planking
bends
in the ribbands
will contribute
under
toward
toward
the ends,
their heads.
securing
Put them on by
the ribbands
to each
the ribbands
to
top ribbands
should go on first. fitted
parallel
to the sheer and a few inches above it. The rest of them should be run in fair
lines similar to strakes of planking
and as illustrated
in Figure 9-6. The ribbands
are
spaced
closer
frames
will be fairly
where
the frames
is fitted.
are easiest.
a fair boat.
The
will be bent
to the sharpest
curves
than
where
the
flat.
and
on the inside
Running
dition
still remain
fair.
the ribbands
usually
the shape
V-Bottomed
It should
If considerable
the sections
to see if it touches
is the cause
trouble
by bending
of excited
all of them
framing
anticipation
is encountered
a batten
fairing
into position
while bent
is started,
the rib-
like a frame
in a fair curve.
on the part
of the builder,
for now
Hulls
be understood
without
mention
that
hulls
other
work
standard.
Chapter
10
FRAMING
There
are
two
basic
systems
for
framing
hull,
Transverse
framing
is the most common
and being
have become known as ribs. Transverse
frames
are either
pieces
bent
from
one piece,
as in Figures
from
boards
usually
and made
have
up of two layers
the bent
non-existent,
sawn from
frames,
as islands
to both
10-l.)
for v-bottomed
Sawn
frames
hull,
but
longitudinals
quite
are
craft
likely to be built
undertaking
certain
before
V-Bottom
The
a craft
lofting
you refer
in wood,
is limited
starting
that
kinds
bent
of more
he is aware
of crooks.
of sawn
transverse
is
(See Figure
frames
for
Fore-and-aft
This system
for metal
suitable
framing,
l-3
system.
complex
hulls
frames
in Figures
and bent
frames
strength.
of what
to moderate
for bent
are shown
in the transverse
frames
sawn
framing
such frames
wooden hulls
or double
Small
material
than
up the necessary
for construction
construction.
In this book discussion
in general,
apart
longitudinal.
of wood,
arc-bottomed
use a combination
system
farther
complicated
and
and
laminated
joints.
where
the frames
framing
l-5,
crooks
in places
in the Bahamas,
and builders
spaced
l-4 and
natural
with staggered
although
such
transverse
oriented
athwartships.
for round-bottomed
can get
boats of welded
for the size of
frames.
the builder
Before
should
be
is involved.
Frames
and construction
to Figures
l-3
and
of frames
l-4 and
for a v-bottomed
the explanation
boat
should
in Chapter
be understood
8. The
frames
if
are
117
118
FRAMING
SAWN FPAME
-(A&XT 50%
REtiT
CEAdlEbZ THAti
Fb?AME)
from
the full-size
properly.
The
sections
process
and must
of picking
be beveled
up bevels
frames
is explained
in preceding
will
chapters.
Bent Frames
The
bending
peace
of frames
of mind
dispel
this fear.
small
boat
for a round-bottomed
as he contemplates
For this reason,
having
light
boat
seems
the construction
it is recommended
frames
in order
to gain
to disturb
of such
that
a hull,
the novice
experience
the amateurs
but a trial
start
should
with a fairly
and overcome
the mental
of its durability
abroad.
Although
as low as 12 percent
that
the amateur
heats
rapidly,
quired
and
strength,
responsible
is suitable
needs
only
elm
wood,
heat
is used
have proven
for bending
use unseasoned
and
while
agencies
that
if handled
because
to bend
extensively
properly,
it is usually
rather
than
in Canada
and
content
it is recommended
the addition
checks,
of moisture
re-
by dry wood.
The
frame
achieved
stock
should
by splitting
be as straight-grained
a plank
as possible
and then
sawing
and
this is sometimes
parallel
to
the split edges. The stock should be about a foot or so longer than the finished length
of the frame.
It is best to bend the framing
stock on the flat of the grain (Figures 6-3
and
lo-2),
when
plank
boats
standpoint
when
turned
are driven
of theory,
to bend
the frame,
on its other
edge
crossways
is relatively
strength
great.
Speciftcations
on the flat.
is to make
bend
However,
to split
for some
from
the
member
and thus does its job best
If this were carried too far it would
so a good compromise
as it is fore and
minimized.
as 1 R x 1% rr bent
is a transverse
dimension
it is just as strong
easier
through
size such
a frame
its athwartships
be impossible
Then
fastenings
in the direction
the frame
square.
it may be quickly
first attempted.
, 4)
119
FRAMING
RIGHT
WRONG
Figure
10-2. Frames
should
be bent
grain.
Steaming
Arrangements
boiler
of water
must
the water
be ample
from
under
a house,
a large
kettle,
or any similar
piped
you plan
device
to work.
Watch
this point,
for
goes fast.
The steam
necessary,
box is wooden.
and
possible
that
large
made
enough
the garboard
as steam
for a half
and
tight as possible
dozen
frames
and
planks
by caulking
with cotton
some
to spare.
room
will need
steaming
if
It is
to bend
because
bending
calls
before
the frames
become
too
cool. Handle the frames with cot ton work gloves. A rough rule for steaming is one hour
A few trials will have to be made to get the hang of it.
per inch of frame thickness.
Light
length
end.
frames
are
sometimes
unduly
drying
Frames
well because,
the frames.
Strings
supple
in boiling
are shown
water
by placing
with water
should
arrangements
improvised
Bending
works
made
in the pipe,
under
there
be stuffed
in Figure
is little
in a
danger
for pulling
10-3. Others
them
the steam.
of
out,
Typical
may
be
by the builder.
the Frames
may either
be bent
to shape
in the boat
frames
for your
boat
should
be followed.
are relatively
Guided
heavy
by the frame
agains:
the ribbands
or bent
method,
on the construction
on forms
and unless
shapely,
plan,
the
this system
first mark
120
FRAMING
KEEP WATER
. .j ,:
,.,:... ,: .,....
to the centerline.
Start
framing
actual
Then
start
procedure
as possible
the bending
bend
to lie flat
more
the ribbands.
against
against
than
inboard
it then
Take
like that
with hands
clamp
a frame
in Figure
it at the topmost
the ends
as you progres-
inboard,
and forced
the frame
into position
may be employed
can be clamped
to aid in
to the ribbands
give it a downward
moved
third
learn
from
tends
that
the bending
the steam
box.
must
If possible,
the boat
be done quickly
two men should
is designed
the
will
against
1s you
wallop
on the
box
it in place.
iO-4A
ribband,
where
of the frame
the head
can be flattened
shown
toward
By pulling
should it be troublesome.
are available,
the frame
progresses
on the head
the ribbands
and
A gadget
it, otherwise
the bends
goes as follows.
the ribbands.
enough,
where
arrangements.
to accumulate
as the work
to be encountered.
bending
and as rapidly
amidships
-.
it to
You
with frames
hulls
D of Figure
in a short
angles
boats
length.
and those
to the centerline
against
the planking
frames
and
may be bent
along
are shown
the horn
troublesome
of this,
in Figure
timber
bow and
forward
lo-4B.
above.
However,
it is permissible
in the extreme
so they slope
as described
from
The same
to depart
to allow
is true
of twisting
from
the frames
keel to sheer.
the frames
in hulls
These
of stern
bending
like
in a bevel
at right
to lie naturally
are called
frames
cant
in a double-
ender .
Cold-Fitted
Frames
Framing
the counter
stern,
done very carefully
if bumps
121
FRAMING
/-
CANT FfZAMES
TWhSTlhki
BE\/EL
Figure 10-4.
the frames
later,
or oversized
straightened
inner
frames
The
frame
to the proper
edge is finally
stringers
dre either
excess
to correspond
to be installed
in cross-section
curvature
of the boat,
first
bent
to that
later
on the outside
to the double-sawn
into
the frame
frame
These
of the frame
cold-fitted,
illustrated
is accomplished
lo-5A
quired
frames
cannot
be avoided,
the frames.
you must
by padding
make
so that
beveled
in Figure
as described
stock is overbent
on the ribbands.
after which it is removed,
the ribbands.
The
curve, and then beveled to lie against
beveled
and clamps
are similar
bent
10-l.
the rib-
can be taken
re-
the ribbands
and use it as a guide to build a form. The frames must always be bent to more curve
than necessary,
and the form can be padded
to vary the shape. When ready to bend,
the end of the frame is slipped under the pipe shown in the figure and wedged; then
Leave the frames on the form at least overthe bending
is done with a steady pressure.
night
set properly
and
shape
when
removed.
122
FRAMING
OWNG
USE OF 5TEEL
S-t-HAP
IGHT EIJOUGH
To bEUD
EA. ILY)
l=b?ELk.l-f
SPLlTTlhlG
OF
FVA,ME
Ul- Cd
FORM
SUCH
AS ABOVE
0.
Figure
When
10-5.
thrre
is too much
CUIW,
sharp,
frame
or a corner
one curve
10 5~ is typical
of the simple
is also present
curves, a strap
when bending
similar to that
need
such as around
the turn
scheme
involved
only extend
somewhat
of the bilge
more
than
of a motorboat.
to split
the length
After
of the hard
some practice
bend,
you will be
SPLIT
Figure
The tendency
BEf.J-7 FRAME
FRAMING
in Figure
When
use. If splitting
than
10-6 to permit
using
the frames
is resorted
a strap
when
the bend
to be made
the frames
are bent
easily.
123
As a matter
the
possible.
Floor Timbers
One
of the most
timber.
These
between
of the hull
material,
and backbone.
planks
frame
members
pieces of f!at-grained
the frames
the garboard
each
important
and
tight.
their
Floors
is securely
floors,
along
are generally
fastened
usually
Without
fastenings
frame
is the so-called
the rabbet.
placed
floor or floor
and
would
to the backbone,
connection
be imposed
on
prob-
to ensure that
exceptions
to
rivets.
backbone
permits,
There
and good
practice
through
the width
or four fastenings
to the frame
of the
on
in Figures l-3. 1-4, 1-5, 6-1, 8-8, and 8-12D and areclearwell illustrates
the
b- ! 1, 9-5, 9-8 and 10-8. The latter picture
in Figures
bolting
of frames
It should
be
to tl-,e floors.
noted
in
Figure
9-8
that
floors
have
already
been
fitted
backbone,
although
the boat has not yet been framed.
This method
is common
but would be recommended
to the amateur
tice for the professional
builder,
reluctance,
because
point.
With
this system,
each
frame,
bolted
and
in position.
correct
bevels
In v-bottomed
However,
the shape
and
not
as it is with bent-frame
as much
The
of a chore
thickness
the frames
there
of floors should
in v-bottomed
be as specified
boats.
In bent-frame
is obtained
simultaneously
of them
to make,
pracwith
to the breaking
section drawn at
to the
with that
of
so the lofting
is
hulls.
on the plans
hulls
most
and is usually
of the floors
the same as
are the same
thickness
or shghtly less than the thickness
of the frame. Those under the mast steps
and engine beds in both type boats are made heavier to take the extra strains found in
those areas and to accept the fastenings
that run through
the adjoining
parts at these
the keel casting and
points. Floors in way of ballast keels arc Jored for bolts through
the diameter
of the bolts.
are of a siding equal to the ordinary
flour: nlus
,
that floors be carefully
fitted.
Like all joints in a well-built
boat., it is impt.,--ltive
They
are made
ends
of the boat
are beveled
and where
the frames
as shown
twist in the
in Section
A-A in
FRAMING
-
AT LE-EL
OF TOP OF FLOOR
TY MEASURE
0EkEL Od OLIT0CARD
EQGE
KEEL,
cBEtEL
FLOOR ro FIT TIGHTAGAI~~YT
FRAME -- PLACE FLOORS CM I=OR72 51 DE OF FRAMES
FCRD 015 MbSHll:
Od AFT SIDE
AFT OF Ii4lMHIP
Figure
Figure
ships,
10-7.
The beveling
placed
twist
in the frames
on the forward
the frames
from
and .fastening
in toward
or another
at the option
movement
of the parts
when
the hull
installation
forward
Longitudinal
Although
hull
Strength
fore-and-aft
is all or partially
because
planks
or a short
they
on
fitted
stringers
is stressed.
Limber
10~7A) so rain
than
about
one-half
shown
in the photograph
otherwise
to the
The outboard
edges of the floors are
This bevel may be obtained
from a rib-
may be sprung
and
planked,
on the
To save weight
other
around
clamps
they
may
or not
inside
may
the adjacent
the boat
of the
not be fastened
be considered
part
is decked.
frames.
the smallest
and
hulls,
the width
make
are
installation
tapered
at the ends
frames
for
before
the
of the workboat
in Figure
and
strengthen
the clamps
from
a maximum
and
10-8. If material
framing
clatnps
the
Stringers
lengths,
they may be pieced
in Figure 8-13.
hull
and be carefully
oak where weight
easier,
in width
of the boat.
in place
of the
Stringers
They
siderahly
and to be most effective
they should fit snugly
They a .e made of hard pine or Douglas fir and sometimes
jectionable.
are
Members
edge
of amidships
the floors
(Figure
batten
consequently
of the designer.
forward
the ends;
An occasional
are important.
the centerline
will bc toward
amidships
of floors
hull
are
con-
fastened.
is not ob-
and stringers,
in
amidships
to
clamps
are clearly
is not available
as described
to
FRAMING
Figure
10-8.
(Roscwfihi)
Bilgr stringers
there
v-bottomed
boats
aground
be severai
and plugged
board
corners
possible
fastening.
boats except
side
Stringers
of the
give valuable
is usually
where
where
of the stringers
to the position
upon
They
shown
builders.
The
chamfered
stringers
on the drawings,
the relative
thickness
In some boais
and
sprung
found
in
if a boat should
the upper
on a machine
be located
of the piece,
ones, and in
or beaded
should
ribs
are not
support
one stringer
in quarters,
are sometimes
cnllpd
the smallest
hull.
by professional
depending
:rn each
of the clrne.
in heavy construction,
appearance
bored
and
may
because
_ up of one or more
The bilge stringer
cept
shoua
powerboats
run
T1zi.r photo~gru#
125
for
as closely
as
aft as is practical,
or shored
in place
for
126
FRAMING
DECdED
oPEh1
ROUND
BOTTOM
CHIME
Figure
The
Scr&ions
10-g.
showing
BOATS
sht~?r
dam/E
sheer clamp is located on the inside of the frames as shown in Figure 10-9.
r;atl
4,r a:~n to show :hat in decked boats the upper edge of
!O- !(! has been espe-.-..y
Figure
the clamp
is set down
strength.
the hull
This means
before
planking,
installing
that
the
in place
of the hull,
and
then
heights
interfering
The clamps
if the amateur
clamps,
temporarily
until
from
and
the molds
OEck
with
are bolted
should
the bolts
to the frames
go ahead
would
have
for maxi-
and completely
to extend
plank
through
the
fastenings.
I am a little ahead of myself,
There are two ways of gerting around
this, although
One
way is to fasten the upper two
since planking
will be discussed in the next chapter.
planks
possibly
height.
the plank
planking
are taken
fastened
for good.
to adjacent
IO-IO.
In.
decked
frames,
After
the fitting
the molds
and bolting
are taken
out
of the clamps
SHEER LitJE-TRAt-&FEP
THlS HEIGHT FROM MOLDS
TO FEAMES
0EAM
-i-H~tJrclER CLAMP
lhl HU
HAdtdG
DECK SHELF
Figure
sheer.
is completed.
off to enable
hulls,
PLAdE
l-C FIT
AGA IhITi- FIZAMEF
is placed
below the
STRlhlGte
TWItOUQH
00l.TdD
FLOOCS
ENGIJE
STLlhlGtP
--5TQ
t..iGEk5
ObEQ
SINGLE
\
-4%
Jj
EtiGlNE
j\m!-J_
TW,rJ
ii. J
I(
1)
11 ,i..~il~_ii~~,l.-~i~~
ENGINE
~~ml~e_IT;~m
~1; ~~~s~.~~~~~~r~~-
~~.~2z:~~~~71~_ -7,
. se: e0.rr
.~
-YY J ~~~~~~~I:~~~~~~ai~~~~.
z iI:::-T~~3?..
_ _--._ ll-~$g!===-~----- -. - -~~:~~~-l~~~_a_-al
Lmm-,--m
_------_--
_._-------
_----5
<G&E
E\GUE
stringers
hull.
hOTbtE_7
F PA.ES
=L~OZZ%
128
FRAMING
before
this work.
rebuilding.
planking.
The molds,
The clamps
sailboat
The
uppermost
of course,
corners
are sometimes
the transom
Except
(Figure
chamfered
bed installation.
ribbands
cannot
engine
in position
boat without
some
faces are
this is always
stringers,
the
for looks.
Clamps in v-bottomed
hulls are installed
and fastened
when the frames are set up,
and with the chines, are used to hold the frames in alignment.
Because of the depth of
v-bottom
frames,
the clamps
are more
often
screwed
than
bolted.
Engine Stringers
In order
to distribute
vibration,
engine
the weight
stringers
of the engine,
are found
and
in all properly
motorboats.
of hull
Sometimes
of oak, but more often of such woods as fir or yellow pine, the stringers are run as far
fore and aft as possible. To accomplish
this, they are occasionally
pulled toward the
centerline
forward
to permit
stringers
This
being
The stringers
planned
to the floors.
frames.
(Sep Figure
and
craft.
stringers
figured
from the horizontal
bolts, with allowances
made
boat
members
lengths,
conflicting
but if necessary
on
to the in-
They
installaare run
hull shape.
It is
fastenings.
not resting
centerline
fastened
and
for twin-engine
stringers
still be securely
stringers
Outboard
the engine
and
in a single-engine
The outboard
in single
to avoid
further
stringers
are notched
bolted
drawings
to extend
to both
the joints
them
in a twin-rngine
and cannot
desirable
applies
and through
or drift
frames,
to the
of the propeller
spaced
center-to-center
for the thickness
equally
to each
shaft
side,
the
being
distance
of the engine
holding-down
of the engine
bed material.
34
FRAMING
Engine
Beds
In motorboats
the engine
beds
in an auxiliary
stringers,
10-12.)
of the
Anywhere
from
hardwood
to the engine
In all boats
to determine
centerline
is fitted
are bolted
(See Figure
sulted
129
the vertical
propeller
shaft
V4to 14 is allowed
shims when
with mounts
the engine
that
diagram
is aligned
10-11,
and
top
edge
of
to them.
must
be con-
to determine
between
have a vertical
of the bottom
in order
Figure
the installation
position
stringers,
of the
to the
beds.
adjustment.
shaft,
unless
of
the engine
Chapter
11
PLANKING
Planking
a hull
is often
the most
seem
teaching.
learn
aspects
of the planks
to give
The
it much
stumbling
planking
difficult
part
and
thought
due
tion.
Seams
pearance,
open
will become
unsightly
and
does
first-hand
it is not easy to
It is strongly
sug-
for appearance
especially
in words.
laying
the expert
because
the subject
and
has trouble
while
experience
is understandable,
to explain
most common
ones will be discussed
here.
The individual
planks are called strakes,
shaped
seams,
to accumulated
of an amateur
The beginner
proportioned,
of boatbuilding
due to shrinking
on the topsides,
and swelling,
the strakes
as well as difficult
they should
should
to keep
be nicely
ap-
tight.
Carve1 Planking
It will be well to discuss
most
common,
and
smooth
much
planking
of what
at first (Figure
is said
cotton
is called
is about
caulking,
out-gauge
which
(Figure
x6 per inch
tight
makes
carve1
and should
thickness.
The
as this method
planking
on the inside
the planking
11 -lA)
of plank
about
11-l).
a round-bottomed
and open
watertight.
be made
planking
is the
on the outside
The
bevel
so the opening
material
on the
on the
should
be
131
PLANhING
Figure 1 l-l.
ordered
and
somewhat
thicker
sandpapering,
1 I -1B).
than
the amount,
planking
planking.
finished
the inside
more.
more
having
planking
than
A straightedge
a boat
dimension
face of planks
may require
Figure
the specified
Cam4
that
an extra
turns
!/Afor finishing,
held on a frame
that an amateur
is less than
(Figure
will determine
choose
to build,
as
r& thick.
Butts in Planking
Some
small
boats
can
be planked
with full-length
strakes.
but
inasmuch
as the usual
available
lengths of planking
material
are from 12 to 20 feet in intervals
the strakes will ordinarily
consist of two or three pieces hutted end-to-end.
standpoint
of strength,
out before
than
try to visualize
rough
diagram
Figure
the location
of butts
taking
the butts
on the frame
11-2 shows
a satisfactory
adjacent
strakes
made
blocks
snugly
drain
block
against
water
between
as thick
be sawn
a plan
should
at hand.
it is much
a pair
to length
the
otherwise
frame
blocks
but dont
of frames,
and
requires
in white
and
should
shorter
lead,
frame
spaces
the frames,
their
and
easier
be laid
Rather
to make
fastenings
find
in Figure
between,
between
them.
planed
and
Butts
on the outside
corners
those
used
to fit
chamfered
Using
a butt
to
block
that
being backed
by an oak or
the strake of planking.
Butt
outboard
than
strakes
if you can
shown
three
the joint
wider than
have
be trapped
without
three
to fit between
might
space
without
as the frame
the planking,
that
thinner
than
planking.
sealers,
should
midway
should
of the boat,
way of laying
are
and
the material
as a guide.
mahogany
is important,
into consideration
of two feet,
From the
marine
132
PLA NRING
,-
pi-Ah-e,
- FF?A WE-5
--~----~~
t
P-F-T=
+ ,
LACCT
Figure 1 l-2.
Planking
Let us consider
carve1 planking
the sheer
the bottom
under
is called.
strake
first,
planking
coming
about
2= PLAti!vi.hiG 3dT-r5
for
thm5 diagram)
7. The
round-bottomed
boat
normal
sequence
planking
then
the garboard.
of the bilge,
to then
broad
alternately
amidships
is the tot:J
at the longest
toward
number
frame.
the turn
of strakes
The
to be used,
garboard
of the bilge,
will
is
strakes,
plank
one
determined
be the widest,
strakes
As to exactly
the planks
on a given
boat,
the sheer
strake.
for good
appearance,
These
and fast,
but it should
by the
and
the
the narrowest
the rest of the
this is where
Bend
used
and all about the s&me width. The sheer strake can be a little wider than
topside planks because of the rub rail often used.
pearance,
L iI
Naturally,
boat are
midway
first consideration
widths
to the turn
Figure 1 l-l.)
fairly straight,
The
sco e ne~esor\l
a simple
to fashion
strake
(hi0
Procedure
to illustrate
and
ComerS
TITdnr wa-2r
you:
in-
be remembered
that
batten
should
around
be uniform.
the midship
frame,
mark
the length
from
PLANKING
bet to the sheer,
sheer
for
strake
the
and
purpose
tapered
frame
of obtaining
a little
pearance
on the midship
at the
bow
and
of the plank
and remove
is the sheerline,
Then
run
the bottom
stern
widths.
and
edge
and
mark
a full-length
the
batten
of the
plank.
batten
must
The
Of course,
from which
the thickness
for the
the frames
plank
be fair.
the batten.
desired
around
133
should
be
the
ap-
When
it is understood
of the decking,
if any,
must
be
it
deducted.
With
must
the shape
of the sheer
be transferred
to a plank
without
strake
determined
for cutting.
cdgesetting
this is known
and
This
must
(springing
marked
be done
edgewise
accurately,
into
place).
so the plank
The procedure
as spiling.
Spiling
The
shape
is obtained
with
somewhat
longer
than
thickness.
Several
such battens
use. The
batten
any individual
is clamped
strakc,
should
a little
of the batten
sprung
will be parallel
on edge.
the spiling
batten
and
batten
,~;VIJI~CPin shape
accuracy
the plank
is to place
between
from
lie more
than
on the batten
Repeat
frame
numbers
lettrrcd
square
at every
circle
and
a batten
a couple
sure
edgewise.
This
Its upper
that
and
with a curved
of inches
from
edge should
the plank
pencil
compass
For greater
be made
identifying
at the ends
all points
of the plank,
labeling
confused
plank
with points
if the
marks.
idea of
the d[p
frame
been
whole
so determine
be
the edge
has probably
to he made
the
edge should
the spiling
edge.
point
made
make
to be made.
to the plank
is a piece of softwood
because
to the franles;
frames
which
4 to 6 wide,
be on hand,
or tacked
width
batten,
about
and the
make a
(See Figure
the points
with
with a numbered
for other
planks
later
or
on.
the batten
(Figure
this time,
board.
until
width:
l l-3B).
Still
and
not changing
the compass
Before
making
the points
then
tack
any actual
on a point
marks,
that
opening,
on the batten,
test with
the compass
against
as possible
the procedure,
mark
and
points
and
on the
in order
to not waste
movement.
Mark all the points and the endings of the plank. Remove the spiling batten and run
a fairing batten through
all the points and draw the edge of the plank with a pencil.
Do not worry if the shape
If the spiling
134
PLANKING
tiotc
opcnsnq
of compllss
me same durvnq
+ransfcras
-1
i .L
./i
I-
to
17
wmdhen sP~h?q
I
t3oordin Denbf
.-c
I:;,
wmemzeecw
mm
.
S,&
e&cd
Figure 1 l-3.
the plank
when
bent
around
the frames.
widths
the plank.
the deck,
then
through
Now at each
frame
on the
was previously
laid out with a batten
frame marks on the board, lay out
them
to draw
on the upper
of
Plane the upper edge for the crown and the lower edge square and clamp the plank
in place. Unless there is something
obviously wrong it can be used as a pattern
for the
same
plank
in tnind
plank
that
rdge.
scarring
fitted
from
Garboard
The
on the othrr
always
pressure
that,
it can be fastened
in place.
for caulking,
the plank
Bear
just as with a
and a clamp
so
Strake
garboard
plank
in place
is likely
the remainder
After
to be the most
will scrm
plank
to fit. What
by the contour
of the rabbet
end than
at amidships.
depends
entirely
on the hull
pattern
This
is net
unusual,
because
it is
apart
at its forward
close to being
is determined
troublesome
fair upper
might be
the plank
is
narrower
forward
rule, although
its
form.
is taken for the lower edge by the method dethat the spiting batten should be cut so that it is
This
is especially
where
135
PLANKING
arc with the compass (Figure
1 l-3C) instead ofjust
plank, run a batten so it is tangent
to the arcs.
Lay out the width
of the garboard
bottom
board.
The
such
that
be fairly
should
width
any excessive
straight
little
wider)
placed
or there
strakes.
forward
before,
but
at amidships.
take
plane
a spiting
the edge
receive
The
As before,
against
upward
curve
test is to sight
the plank,
so it is open
a little
will
ends of
be as wide (or a
the
batten
in appearance
you have
from wherever
at the transom
plane
be
however,
at the forward
will probably
the width
should
straightening,
Saw out
the rabbet
of the strakes
This
pleasing
skiff,
mark
of the edge.
the remainder
bent.
the
is fair and
the garboard
as it is amidships,
and,
so that
being
As stated
frame
and
is removed.
not be overdone.
the remaining
and to draw
on the frames
of the garboard
curvature
when
at the midship
run a batten
at the ends
a point,
will be a little
remove
the batten,
on the outside
square,
and
to
caulking.
forward
will probably
need steaming
to get it in place;
it is
possible that this will be the only plank on the boat that will need such treatment.
While the plank is steaming,
assemble at hand plenty of clamps, wedges, and material
for shores
to the floor.
and clamp
When
ready,
flat against
as possible
the frames
bend
the plank
with shores
in the rabbet
in place while
to the floor.
first
it is still limber.
Cut a shore
a little short,
toe nail it to the floor, and drive a wedge between the top of the shore and the plank. If
the bottom edge does not tic properly in the rabhet.
clamp a piece of oak to the frames
above
the
plank
sideways.
drive
Never drive
crushed.
Fasten
to do except
lucky,
and
wedges
a wedge
the plank
normal
boat
some wasted
directly
in place
to let it cool,
when
more
against
a block
against
on the
edge
if it fits satisfactorily.
it can be removed
ateaming
plank
for replacement.
the garboard
is the most difficult
material
before you produce one
there
is nothing
If you are
Dont be discouraged,
it
If it doesnt,
and
to move
it may
for in a
Broad Strakes
The
spiting
next
plank
is taken
edge,
wit1 be straight
tween
frame,
board
and
shown
called
and
and
on your
the spiting
the bottom
midship
edge
to straighten
layout
is done
batten,
by the planned
the plank
it or give it a more
and
planks
to the space
by counting
a batten
so the remaining
and
between
on the frames.
It may be that
running
it in proportion
This
the distance
the plank
by tapering
planking
dividing
all directions.
end in order
how to taper
Start
called
the garboard.
frames,
easy to make.
plank
the garboard,
the garboard
of strakes
that
be-
the number
at every
third
or so
of strakes.
pleasing
to be wider
appearance
At
and
at
when
136
PLANKING
PLANKING
SCALE
E%cample: A~ume
Greakst
a"
Least
6straKe5 remaining.
girth divided b\/&3= 4k
'I @w 3"
15
04
4!q-3=
lr/?= 12 eighths
at that frame.
Figure 1 I-4.
viewed
from
satisfies.
forward.
mark
If so, make
the frames,
there
and
the sheer
planks
between
wider,
the batten,
but dont
overdo
take a spiting
it. When
the line
and saw
The next two or three planks are lined out with the same
of the bilge is reached,
the remainder
of the planks be-
strake
it a little
remove
may
ail be of uniform
width
and
taper.
Planks
planks
and
may
be lined
out by dividing
the unpianked
girth at each spiting frame into equal spaces. However,
the work can be made easier if you use a planking
scale made with a batten about /RUx
I . Mark
I,!!ddie
on the batten
of
the
aritilmeticaiiy
boat,
divide
responding
with
mark
also
the greatest
the greatest
and
between
3 and
marks
41$$ into
any frame,
girth
12 equal
11-4.)
takes
distance
a few minutes
the plank
by the number
assuming
the
spaces
and
the scale,
label
Divide
them
applied
of the strake
at that
frame.
time
a planking
to make
on as many
will be near
may
be.
the
Then
still to go on.
of eighths
12 in this case.
it
of strakes
answer
when
widths
which
wherever
on the scale,
(See Figure
and
girth
space,
It only
still to be planked,
shortest
is 4 I,$ ; therefore
the shortest
between
along
space
the
the cor-
the space
are
on the scale
scale,
of the frames
is 3, call
of an inch there
S.
girth
of
137
PLANKING
when
making
tens,
although
coming
the remainder
each
of the strakes.
plank
must
redivide
the remaining
The
ribbands
boat
than
on the
becoming
other.
that
for instance,
the planks
to a pair
Hollowing
However,
if you find
a batten
that
to straighten
to run bat-
the seams
things
are not
out and
then
again.
as they become
distorted,
As you
fit a plank,
an interference
make
opposite.
to making
planks
a mate
In other
a plank.
for
the opposite
words,
side,
due to hollowing,
duplicates
and may
be com-
of shoes.
and Rounding
Hollowing
bottom.
once
remembering
pared
be spiled.
it is best to run
space
From
of planks,
After
Figure
a plank
1 l- 1 B, is best done
is hollowed
with a wooden
plane
having
of the frames,
mark
a rounded
the finished
Stealer Planks
The
typical
frame
auxiliary
sailboat
hull,
start
at the rabbct
post, depending
with
requires
in the sternpost
upon
and
the number
these
will show
that
planks
as the turn
short
mold,
the stealers
along
and
to avoid
plank
ends
in the process
that
(SW Figure
board
running
urged
in Figure
that before
I I-6B.
beginning
built
of being
turned
to remarks
for whatever
of the hull.
A study of such
the remaining
of
1 l-5 after
type of planking
be made
can
of the stern-
over, clearly
to take a fastening,
pointers
at a
generally
in preceding
In this particular
a study
forward
Figlut
located
These
to straighten
photograph,
are numerous
the job,
positions
necessary
to be planked
as stealers.
girth
known
at varying
The
neighbors.
lustrated
end
planks
over a permanent
their
planks
of stealers
a hull
ballast
the greatest
short
variations,
into
of the planking
be picked
are nibbed
on a boat similar
up.
Plank Fastenings
The
type of fastening
Normal
width
planking
of the plank
will be as specified
is secured
will permit,
into
with three
the floor.
on the plans
fastenings
such as throughout
or according
and
frame
where
the
wo at each frame
butts
are fastened
plank
end as shown
in
138
PLANKING
Figure
11-Z. Butts
ings and
in larger
plugging
size auxiliaries
are discussed
to plane
and finger
are frequently
in Chapter
After planking,
the hull is ready
jack plane and using long strokes
plane
the remainingstmkes
as the
bolted.
for preliminary
smoothing,
to smooth off high areas.
hollow
areas
Drilling
for fasten-
6.
in the planking.
high spots that
done by planing
with a
With a shorter smooth
Rubbing
eye.
Caulking
Before
tight.
Carve1 Planking
smoothing
This
is a verv critical
the plank
seams
are caulked
By caulking
to make
too hard
them
water-
it is possible
to
fastenings
and force a plank away from the frames; if the caulking
is too
it will he forced out of the seam by the swelling of the planks when wet.
Just
amount
the right
of caulking
adds
considerable
stiffness
to the planking.
into
the seams
planking
marine
supply
a clean
floor
unfold
strands.
They
break
you from
thickness
with a caulking
must
have
in a hall.
caulking
packages
the bundle
to the full
so handle
Also make
the job,
a strand
them
a couple
however.
or two of cotton
wheel or driven
regular
stores in one-pound
easily,
tackling
is /8H or under,
cotton
made
length
wicking
with a thin-edged
in the seams,
up of folds of multiple
of the strands;
with care.
then
single strands
iron.
obtainable
at
strands.
On
separate
the
of balls from
may be
making
at a time
row seams and plank butts or for adding a piece to a double strand for use where the
seam is wide. Keep the cotton clean, or else you will have to pick wood chips and pieces
of trash
Start
a little
out to drive
and
into
strand
in the seam,
leaving
then gather
the cot-
PLANKING
139
0A
Figure
ton in a small
Normally
seams
the seams
another
the seam.
of the cotton
hack
iron
and so on down
hulk
The
is correct
to the beginning
the seam
iron about
composition
of using stealer
trick is to make
madr
uniform.
and
drive
is put in later.
the cotton
The
cotton
being
should
not
driven,
it shoulrl
in the seam
done
enough
Careful
all the
fitting
mahogany.
good
caulking
of mallet
the right
depth.
of the strand
pressure
Dont
to make
forget
amount
force
the butts.
of the planking
for
drive a
will reduce
of the seam.
formed
When
in a tight
a depression
Caulking
room
go
in Figure
hulk,
the strand
to caulk
to make
by the caulker
vary if
be in the middle
rope-shaped
strand which should
Heavier
blows with the caulking
Thus,
far enough
is being
not he open
be driven
and
This
of the seam,
After
that
planks.
tools
determined
and the right
in the plank
are shown
edges at
in Figure
1 l-8.
Smoothing
After
caulking,
paint
Wipe
the seams
with thickish
that
paint,
gets
using
a narrow
on the outside
seam
brush
of the planking
made
while
doing the seams. When the seams are dry, smooth the hull again with a plane, set for a
firer cut this time to get the remainder
of the high spots. All the while, rub the palm
of your
smoothed
and then
hand
diagonally
across
the planking
to find
the bumps
and
hollows.
If not
140
PLANKING
Figure
1 l-7. Caulking is looped just
muck caulking can harm planking.
enough
to property
Too
A tinr~ finish
can be obtained
with a diagonal
with this tool. Give the hull the first coat of paint
seam
composition
made
scraper
and carefully
caulking
procedure
today
as it ever was,
pound
hands
have sworn
deed caulked
the matter
pensive,
but modern
materials
the cotton
permit
the cotton
caulking
I would
stay with
It is my understanding
that
absolutely
for so long,
clean,
and
to be omitted.
the whole
the method.
if the seam
method
tightens
of expense,
and
above
that
boats
described
filling
com-
So many
hull structure,
and
old
in-
that,
and also
These
new compounds
are ex-
is partly
bare
is as good
wood
filled
with cotton.
for
proper adhesion
certainly
would
seam
not
sides
Douglas
are
fir, and
painted
perhaps
in the
yellow
old-fashioned
pine,
have
way,
an oil that
but
woods
impairs
such
adhesion
as teak
and
and
conse-
PI..1 NhING
14 1
//
7
i
:/.
.-
c
d
CAU,KI~J!G
WHEEL
quently
sulfide
need coating
with
compounds.
Check
priming.
Hull
The
polysulfide
with the
a special primer
made by the manufacturers
of the polythe makers recommendations
carefully
in regard to seam
compounds
are a two-part
mix;
the silicones
are not.
a priming
Painting
For preservation
of paint.
while
A few remarks
pools. Cot&m
is Y8 thick or ltm.
when planking
paints
pin;
is cheap
work.
Good
your hard
iI1
planking
are in order.
insurance,
paint
There
Take
job from
are different
paints
and
all of them
will
to protect
to finish,
systems,
coat
booklets
it is recommended
good nowadays,
and
nothing
finished.
about
where
visible
in quarters)
to paint
later,
the preservative
preservative
and
acts as a primer.
Lapstrake Planking
Sometimes
planking.
plank
directly
completed.
start
called
clinker
In the first
over
Secondly,
at the garboard
order. The
each plank
planking,
place,
the molds,
proceed
as one
be taken
into account
being
plank
upward
nature
of the planking
prevents
is planed
before final installation,
after planking
The strakes
planking
of the stiffness
the frames
inasmuch
and
lapstrake
because
bent
in place
when
to the sheer
strake
efficient
smoothing
but a light final
the same
when
is very different
of the planking
carve1
to
the p!anking
is
the planking
without
must
any change
in
after completion,
so
sanding
may be done
laying
from
it is possible
of the planks.
Lap-
0A
LAP
BEVEL
rV&DGE
11-9. I.npmlrc
Figure
strake
planking
l
I,:- .I.L,..U
-othnJ
L.L.0
material
utilized
/hnkirrg
is used principally
cic*trcils.
for small
boats
where
light weight
nf nl-nL;nm
ic -~PPI~
rtiff
f-actpninm
I
y. . . . . ..b ..I
.L.,
., . . . . riarn
u..- tn
. &..
.c--.ae a the
.-*-
can
be turd,
for boats
for high-speed
resulting
like yacht
fishing
in a saving
tenders
skiffs and
of weight.
and lifeboats
sport
edam
--b-v
that
is preferred,
of the laps,
for
aned th_innpr
the method
is
and
cruisers.
The section in Figure 11-9 shows how the upper edge of each plank is beveled so the
next one will fit tight against it for the width of the lap. The bevel varies from one end
of the plank
bevel
may
specific
little
to the other
be gauged
width
wider
to scratch
with a rule
as the plank
thickness
At each mold
or spiling
frame.
the plank,
using
the short
cuts
bench
Your
l l-9A
plans
W on planking
As a guide
with a marking
the correct
becomes
Figure
or mold.
is about
is increased.
on the plank
of the sections.
at any frame
when
gauge
should
as thin
beveling,
or mark
rabbet
builders
prefer
with an equal
rabbet
plane
(Figure
l l-9B)
a tapering
lap like Figure
with its gauge
as t/t 0 and a
it i., helpful
it with a pencil.
of an
length
of
as guides.
The planks must be flush where they fit in the stem rabbet or against
This is done, beginning
about two feet from the plank end, by changing
beveled
call for a
in order
half-lap
l l-9C.
joint,
This
to avoid
finishing
a feather
can be done
quickly
of the plank
the transom.
the bevel to a
and neatly
lap. Naturally
Some
of the planks
by a Stanley
all beveling
of
143
PLANKING
laps must
be carefully
this part
that
done
or leaky seams
while
the shape
once
frame
positions
completion
are then
riveted
is the same
on both
and
the
bedded
the ends
in thick
eliminate
white
bet without
The shallow
so builders
at each
or one
This
of ordinary
the clamp
Double
The
C clamps
shown
manner,
6-6.)
and
transom,
are riveted.
the planks
screws
wicking
sealers
in the
are
(but
not glue)
tightly
builder
rabbet.
unless
it to clamp
A half dozen
If the boat
are clamped
to
in the rab-
is to use a caulked
11.9D.
are
in Yl -inch
in Figure
After
planking
1 Id rr apart
alternative
the
The planks
The
marine
off
between
for guides.
for lapstrake
of cotton
the plank
is marked
riveted
(See Figure
the plank
of the modern
required.
spacing
about
At the stem
fastening
is not recommended
depth
have devised
fasteners
the bevels
left-hand.
the marks
a length
carve1 planking.
and
be spaced
remember
in position.
(Rivet
how rapidly
Always
planks.
lay
gained.
the frame
using
Before
generally
workmanship
throat
lap.
it is surprising
right-
placed
lead.
outgauge.
of the neat
and
3 in %-inch
Unlike
The
are bent,
of the planks.
experts
caulking.
capable
is made
the frames
up to about
lapstrake
needed
plank
6.) The
are made
over molds.
as it is fitted.
to the frames
in Chapter
used to fasten
bet,
as each
of planking.
discussed
planks,
plank
but
has been
will result,
experience
he is
seam.
the laps,
or so will be
is lapstrake
planked
Planking
purpose
recaulking,
pensive,
of double
and
because
of pianking
planking
a sleek
finish
the planking
is thilmer
than
is twofold.
It insures
is relatively
job is really
normal
watertightness
easy to maintain.
done
and easier
without
Double
twice, notwithstanding
to apply.
The total
periodic
planking
is ex-
thicknessof
planking
quantity
of metal
used
to fasten
together
between
so that
be replaced
the
frames.
The
garboard
plank
is usually
made
single
it can
easily
if
necessary;
the sheer strake and the first broad are also single thickness
but are rabbeted for the outer layer as shown in Figure 11-10. The seams of the inner layer are arranged
Of course,
the width
pound.
of the outer
sufficiently
to the frames
is fastened,
All seams
of the outer
are
tightly
The planking
no difference
strakes
with small
without
with
and when
as for single
on the inside
together
is the primary
screws,
it is first coated
fitted
strakes.
planking.
a double
outgauge.
The
are
Before
planking
each
com-
as no caulking
is
necessary.
Between frames the layers of planking
screws along the edges of the inner strakes
are fastened
together
from the inside with
and also along each side of the middle of the
144 P1.ANKING
Figure
inner strakcs
to fasten the edgrs
headed screws with washers under
two layers
enough
would
are so complctrly
to takr
the screws
be a 7; outer
tied
from
layer
together.
Naturally
the inside.
against
the outer
An example
l!n inner
layer
must
of layer thickness
planking,
making
be thick
proportion
a finished
thickness
of I I.
planking
by battens
Although
plication
system
stock cruisers
has been
used seam
popular
hulls.
batten
its seams
with amateurs,
because
Marine
batten
keel is caulked
ordinary
glue,
To
clamps
caulking
build
fitted
the seams,
as usual.
it remains
a boat
the seam
The batten
seam
pliable
indefinitely.
by this method,
and fastened
to the battens
although
in place.
glue
producers
many
largest
for many,
lining
on the inside
are backed
just before
is not
the v-bottomed
of v-bottomed
and
edges
the planking
for planking.
between
years,
is fairly
is stiffened
fastening
the garboard
well named
hull
the method
by the
the planks
plank
to
and the
because,
is set up with
simple.
chines
unlike
and
to the frames,
BATJE~
SEAM
l=iANG(rhl~
------
William
11-R
(Photo
courtesy
of
146
PLANKING
having
been
located
depending
by dividing
on the width
greater
than
sighted
for appearance,
look fair,
with
frame.
will be flush
each
with
of the plank
and there
is no clamp
ing batten
(or added
may
against
around
along
adjusted,
where
when
The
if necessary,
fitted.
is notched
The
may be
battens
are
so that
they
stem,
and
a batten,
Thus
and
the shape
so the battens
battens
pencil
of the batten,
so half
are fastened
are drawn
in
at the sheer,
the top edge
Screw fasten
along
but remember
the batten
If the frame
by spiling
the frames.
lines
is obtained,
the planking
be preserved
sprung
the battens
to) each
of 6 amidships.
the spacing
widths
screws.
so it overlaps
is to the middle
from
parts,
The plank
the framework
of the planking
deducted
the sheerline
are marked
removed,
is clamped
edges
of equal
material.
the battens
the inside
into a number
planking
say an average
and when
With
with
notch
A plank
frame
carve1 planking,
transom
each
of the available
width
spacing
must
be
is very wide
the planking
the
the net
11-l 1.
from
a fair-
to the frames
and
to
the edges.
Strip Blanking
Strip planking
enjoyed
planking
popularity
in certain
areas
edge-fastened
for many
years,
the interest
has
become
together
ticed before
ing had
during
the curing
to be as near
adhesives,
perfect
as possible.)
fastening
produce4
a dimensionally
stable
fiberglass
or other
such synthetic
materials.
The
skin
structure
one
planked.
rould
was common
say that
left to those
skilled
Strip planking
how many
any means),
parallel-sided
is usually
LOanother
vary,
there
strip
something
m;lst
The dimensions
thick,
and
half times
anvwhere
be done
the length
edge-
itself to sheathing
area of North
wooden
canoes
workmanship
girths
with
of one
Carolina.
were
strip
and should
nbrmally
the shape
Unless
the thickness.
of plank-
modern
precise
will be encountered.
throughout.
from
be
building.
is reasonably
and
canvas-covered
in canoe
complications
hulls,
lends
the strakes
or v-bottomed
hulls, and I have
I have seen a number
of 65-foot
in the Harkers
old-fashioned
planking
resulting
that
Strip planking
can be used to build either round
even seen strip-planked
trunk cabin sides. In Florida
passenger-carrying
(Strip
dimension
from
just
keel to
at least
l/z M
is an advantage
to using square strips, and that is it
expansion
and contraction
gives the chance to select the best grain. Due LO the natural
of wood, the strips are best laid with the grain running
in the direction shown in Figure
PLANKING
147
1 l- 13C. lhickness
hull without
stiff enough
Sections
vature
through
regulates
Note
is governed
by the shape
strip
planking
the amount
around
the turn
the greater
the relative
one edge
and
the other
round
are drawn
of beveling
the boat.
this by hand,
saw. Thr
length
should
be glued
length
of thi
lhc
choicr
matter.
either
choice.
mon
When
wire nails,
ing and
strips
must
of metal
Moncl
getting
to eliminate
number
of nails
beveling.
they must
or the cutting
should
be about
down
because
to be reckoned
on the workbench.
sltould
The
be seen
to pennies,
be just
with.
can
strips.
be about
be
of cur1 l-13A.
The smaller
builders
hollow
ll-13B.)
be done
on the
amount
in Figure
Some
(See Figure
be scarphed.
on a bench
five times
a miter
box
saw or with a
the strip
thickness.
is largely
a matter
or Stronghold
I 1.13.
as can
bend
of the scarph
nails
in Figure
required,
curvature
Scarphs
of the hull---the
silicon
it is all right
bronze
not exposed
to clamp
the width
of economics.
nails
to use hot-dipped
in the wood,
sufficient
times
If cost does
are the first
galvanized
to water.
the strips
of the
com-
The spac-
tightly
in place
while the adhesive cures. Nail heads are set slightly below the surface of the wood with
a nail set. Some like to drive the nails at an angle to the strip for a locking action. If the
hull
should
mold
contains
be fastened
bulkheads
to such
or other
a member
permanent
with
a nail
framing,
every
other
strip
or so
or screw.
glue was used between the edges of
however, it needs pressure during
~~~~;~~
148
PLANKING
curing
time
and
is not noted
to fill gaps.
but
fastenings,
cient pressure
possible
from the
strakes of planking
must be pretty
which
nail
close or the resorcinol
do not
the adhesive
In strip planking
the fits between
need
much
so it wont
pressure,
run
out
and
to which
of the joint
a filler
Now
can
be
perfect.
There
are options
strip planking.
be needed
the
when it comes
The edge-fastened
normally
frames
might
to setting
up a mold
be omitted
thickness
over which
the number
carve1 planking
with
altogether,
the
to build
a hull with
of frames
that would
is drastically
hull
planked
reduced.
over
Or
temporary
transverse
molds of suitable number
to shape the hull. Bulkheads
and a few frames, if
needed, can be added to the structure
later, or bulkheads
can be part of the setup and
left in the hull.
The
with plenty
that
there
right
of overhead
is a minimum
it is to be quite
clearance
large,
and is
of working
in a stooped
position.
that
parallel-sided
where Wiley
strips extended
from the sheer and ran to well below the waterline,
then tapered
the strakes suitably
and worked
the edges to bevels for
perfect
glue
advance
would
much
fits. The
to determine
take
over.
of a job
Before
simple
eliminates
used
tapering.
Figure 11-14.
where
was, of course,
the
In my opinion,
tapering
form
planking
frightens
by Fred
Referring
with mahogany
unduly.
Bates,
tapering
beveled
strips
started
would
strip
about
1% 0 square.
The
stop
and
planking
the parallel-sided
thicker
than
in
strips
/R is just
too
by the amateur.
let us look at a layout
designer-builder
10 A in Figure
for strip
of Damariscotta,
planking
hulls of
Maine,
that
at
149
PLANKING
the keel and are temporarily
equal
to a number
a tine
is drawn
marked
manently
replaced
parallel-sided
for exact
scrap
the strip
:d N plywood,
strips
they started
for keeping
varying
and
a distance
or mold,
the points.
The
The remainder
the strips
clamps
the depth
of Rhodes-designed
with rounded
and
another
version
and
strips
and
are
are per-
of planking
sketched
aligned
in Figure
with
while nailing.
11-13.
pearance
as one looked
Plywood
Planking
planking
into
with
plywood:
These
of slightly
He
are cut
more
than
can
design.!d
There
as indicated
I have
seen
arrangement
in Figure
II-14B.
was a method
resulted
be bent
for
by a Great
was no tapering
where
hull
in a herringbone
ap-
the hull.
of vessels
that
This strake
The
thus should
were built
edges.
down
plywood
sailboats
hollowed
of strip
tions
through
removed
Then
frame
to the sheer.
or so of the horseshoe
A good number
strips
a batten
then
fastened.
thickness.
parallel
Still
by springing
strips
a dozen
not permanently
location,
makes
from
widths
on the strips
carefully
Fred
held in place,
of strip
without
hulls designed
plywood
mean
distortion
that
it can be planked
construction
generally
in mind.
consist
The sec-
of developable
the methods
you should
plywood
defy written
description.
before
Suffice
deciding
it to say then,
to plank
it with
panels.
therefore,
planking
thickness
planking.
Also an advantage
must
be butted
are generally
and
made
well fastened
White
being
it in place.
frames,
there
can
Some
planked
apply
many.
invisible
builders
hull,
should
Work
with
there
be detailed
should
be fastened
on the plans.
be waterproof
the panel
marine
and then,
or waterproof
on again,
again
of the glue,
drive
glued
of the panel
below
instead
surfacing
of solid
is considerable
screws to hold
depending
to chines,
a few screws
the remaining
glue
with just
the heads
marine
use plywood
even when
should
The joints
remove
either
because
and countersinking
which
blocks.
or rivets.
the plywood
as fast as possible
be made
butt
and bend
are a great
for screws
These joints,
the plywood
etc.,
Working
wiih screws
fitied,
When
specifications
end to end.
with good-size
toward
the surface
on the
rabbet,
to hold it.
screws,
of which
the ends,
drilling
of the panel
so they
putty.
lumber
curvature.
They
layer
apply
of a doubte-
the plywood
in
150
PL.4NKING
pieces as large
planking
as will bend
on the hull and in this way save labor over the usual
doubte-
method.
Cold-molding
A cold-molded
hull consists
boats)
bonded
skin.
or strips
Generally,
centerline
to the second,
as many
White
as five layers
sometimes
removed
modern
Although
method
which
are
build
the glue
the
As noted
usually
consists
and
spaced
mold.
ribbands.
down,
and
shell is lifted
which are
on adhesives,
a skin
Another
method
and structural
membc~rs,
framework
and
then
successive
has definite
layers
for particular
mind.
specifications
tific research
to specify
the cold-molding
and developmem.
hull construction
srantlings
Whatever
the method
planking,
or if desired.
desired
rhickness.
needed
to construct
heightened
materials.
the epoxies.
that
with strength-to-wright
Thus,
Tied
way,
a wooden
because
closely
of cold-molded
it is possible
the
hull
hull
be built
construction
by the traditional
high quality
is easier
the dimensional
ratios
beyond
to build
his ability
attractions.
that
Brothers.
who
A hull
built
of the stiffness
of the laminated
by laminating
the hull
entails
lighter
work
method.
Tht
interest
of the superb
adhesives,
a tough.
with other
in
scien-
approaching
when working
stability
arc
to achieve
been
can
there
of much
of Gougcon
System.
has several
have
cold-molding
Either
for many
the outside
otherwise
chosen.
a skeletal
that desi,gners
of aluminum.
The leader in this field has been the firm
devclopc~tt the WEST (Wood Epoxy Saturation
Technique)
with a cold-motded
such
method
and
has been
of planking
layers. and the
The designer
draws up his
over
applications,
variations
within each method as to skin thickness,
number
number
and weight of internal
strengthening
members.
construction
Stilt another
is strip-planked
of planking
advantages
is to
as necessary.
method
(some of
plug or a form
as bulkheads
and transverse
frames,
are installed
combines
thcsc two: the first layer of planking
Each
a skeletal
forms
a strip-planked
by various
over
transverse
structure
the
temperatures,
the finished
thickness.
stringers.
may be either
at
some-
up the desired
is to laminate
longitudinal
which
the third
nails or screws,
up at room
frames)
on a male
upside
amateurs
--set
to the
specifications,
in the section
epoxies
are built
by most
with staples,
a stiff, strong
45 degrees
to the first.
architects
sets up.
hulls
used
bulkheads
up a hull
with closely
at 90 degrees
are secured
as x6 for small
to form
at about
layer
glues
all cold-molded
The
framework,
strakes
(as thin
adhesive
upon
resorcinots
and
for the term cold-molding.
the second
of thin
veneers
is laid up diagonally
Depending
the strakes
after
waterproof
layers of thin
with a waterproof
of strips
etc.
which
other
90 degrees
times
of multiple
to each
of laminated
for protection
strong,
methods.
tong-lived
up to a
than
that
has been
with light
particularly
planking
means
from abrasion.
hull that might
>,*,
@
*
4
.
15 1
PLANKING
t l-15.
Figure
l~rrllrhfwtls,
tiowever,
ihv
although
is childs
tht:rr
is no substitute
it
lofted,
great
of spiling
one another.
molded
boar,
meaning
prove
and
a huitdcr
tricky
Indeed,
must
depending
to build:
upon
There
by John
learned
by those
about
o/
the details
with a great
deal
mfdds,
be constructed.
between
curves
under
These
Gougcon
of cold-molding
of experience
hulls
should
Recommended
are Moduw
Brothers
from
wirh
on Boat
these
tightly
Yacht
Construclion.
which
of trouble,
be attempted
Reading
Wocldrn
books.
is stilt a
to butt
that such
craftsman.
There
the planks
the number
length.
Thr
and
must
books listed
at considerable
Guzzwrtt
11 /irlnrcwork
t~rrz:u~fdl.)
some professionals
have opined
go through
a complete
planking
mold
If,
as five times.
rlpp/ivd
be accurately
against
hvltrfi
might
play compared
strips
amount
.$kor
/irst
ccrrrl .strrugf*r.s.
that
by
deal with
Construction
Much
can
be
PLANKING
152
Figure 11-16.
Diagonal
Planking
Although
it predates
similar
cold-molding
to cold-molding.
the planking
layers
In fact,
instrad
done,
it can bc considered
is that
it employs
two layers
mostly
strakes
of planking.
less severe
fastened
to a framework
a fever
of diagonal
angle
keel or sheer
Toward
clamp,
thr topsides
as long
The
second
with screws
tween
clout
tends
nails
tenings
is glued
must
between
the framing
planking
is smoothed
When
can
or nails
this method
that
each
is used
strake
en-
is generally
frames
(or
with longitu-
width,
glued
as the convergence
too much
approximately
chine, and
to frames,
also being
to one another.
of the bottom
out of parallel
into line;
and
with those
frames.
is also edge-glued
and frames.
and
planking
To provide
outer
strakes
be wood screws
on the outside
by sanding.
screws
of the planks
of the inner
puttying
and
be tapered.
clamps.
of only
of the strakes
cross several
consists
together
11-16,
back
as was formerly
it a bit different
and transverse
or bulkheads
is made
glue
agent
makes
The planking
clamps,
frames
the intersections
hulls.
material
the planks
frames,
in shape
in Figure
the angle
brings
as the planks
layer
thickness,
planking
with
IO change
Tapering
strake
is very
glue between
that it often
the change
is secured
and
planking
waterproof
is shown
The
amidships.
critical,
upon
veneers
of keel, chines,
planking
diagonal
using
What
on round-bottomed
of transverse
of cold-molding.
depending
than
where
consisting
number
similar
to 4 wide,
time,
now.
in a waterproofing
of the greater
than
dinals).
The scheme
to that
soaked
are thicker
Because
is much
in some cases,
of fabric
powerboats,
counters
some
to br a form of cold-molding.
that
on v-bottomed
by quite
as it is practiced
of the hull.
driven
After
strakes
and fastened
clamping
pressure
are clout
nailed.
are 5/H
* thick or more,
from
in place
the inside
the adhesive
beThe
the fas-
to eliminate
has cured,
the
Chapter
12
DECK FRAMING
The
decking
of a boat
is laid on transverse
beams,
which
the deck but also help to hold the sides of the hull together.
tant
to be decked,
powerboats
and sailboats
that are
strength
to do without
the stiffening
hulls
the thwarts
do double
duty
especially
The
in sailboats.
latter
support
aspect
The many
for
is impor.
types of small
not decked
must be designed
to have enough
that the deck structure
provides.
In many such
as hull
stiffening.
deck
beams
contribute
heads
member
is generally
clamp
it instead
craft,
with
screws
screws through
the clamps
edges
is fitted
as the clamp,
landing
and
toward
should
beams
of fastenings
between
lengths,
a pitch
concentration
located
or deck shelf,
material
a greater
In small
in size, an additional
stif-
The shelf
which
are fastened
the
through
of the clamp.
used.
single
of them.
connected
a shelf.
of the same
In small
whereas
required
(Figure
callrd
provides
always
the strength
must
when
advantage
in the vicinity
frames.
(See Figure
necessary,
be planed
to fit snugly
against
to the camber
of the deck
pieces
The inner
vessels through-bolts
able to be tightened
or, in several
but in larger
of being
beams,
shelves
are sprung
joined
the clamps.
of the deck
by scarphs,
The
beams
To lessen the
are fastened
in place
are
if necessary,
on edge
to
in
be fitted
the beams
will
153
154
DECKFRAMlh'G
-M
2---EebA-r
2
---EebA-r
V-A-F- BEAL4
BEAL4
ca.4EcTlahj~
ca.4EcTlahj~
//
V-A-F-
1
1
/yq
/yq
ROLTS
lee sceEv.5,+.J
CDL*5-e.
C~Od)
CDL*5-e. C~cd)
DECK
CLAMP
4 SHELF
DECK BEAll
KIT+
KiTi
CLAMP
Figure 12-l.
bear on the shelves
few deck
beams
When
the
found
is to temporarily
may
few feet,
of the shelves
and
great
The
so the bevels
edges
clamp
having
shelf
strength
are
be measured
can
bolted
and
then
together,
stiffness.
every
be planed
they
form
Such structural
be fastened
breasthook,
which
hook is often
good
sawn
a connection
(Figure
12-3A).
out of a natural
is a piece
assemblies
this connection
and bolted
underside
in place
must
wood
of oak
crook,
laid
a curved
loftsman
either
plate
knees,
the transom
and
and
AICE
FeOM
For a flat
is more difficult.
5tEi.F
curve
BE&L
CLAMP
4
0A
LOCATI&
m AGREE
Figure 12-2.
0E,w
H~YQER
WITH CAMBER
EDGE
at the
In this
as well.
of the deck
PLAt45
CLAMP
Just as
through-bolted
CiAMP
&EAM cc
BEAM
MOLD
TtMlWLAClLy
TU MEASVeE
5~IELF
BEVELAT 5TATlOd5
rs
The
CUT OFF
SHOWIJ
with
to them.
the connection
camber
the twosides
of oak or hackmatack.
at the stern
and against
transom,
deck
and bolted
of quarter
are, of course,
out of them,
the shelves
(See
angle-shaped
members
or metal
FPAMCS
AS
between
a single
angle.
of the boat.
of the deck.
at the ends
A piece of plywood
The shelf/clamp
transom,
together
set a
or at least at
to the proper
should
Unless
width.
in place
every station.
The
Figure 12-2A.)
member
entire
-v;-- -y
-: 1..
c-5
* 1;
:v:j$
; I
d+J
*
,a
:
--- 7~.-*+&
.;*:=-*-q :
=-----~-~:- .-m--3 :
z
_~
..~ -r.-:.zsm?--.,p- ~~ - -__I
-< 9
: i++:,
*..w-:-1:
-7,
/F: 1+-x~:
Sws~ ,J,
!: ::I
#===qr
;: ,,
:,j;;
::,
.T::
?$yp$
1.
Lb,
:.-.r-.~~~ci~
at
?y
...= p . ..z-
;
4
156
DECK
FRAMING
5ET
II410CL~ OF c&.K~~Z-,
Figure 12-4.
and
transom
on the floor,
The plan
boat.
view shape
The
shape
deck beams
on each
time
of the knees
these
is clamped;
by the cut-and-try
is best obtained
method.
plan
for the
on the boat.
Install
at intervals
of three
of the transom
and
clamp
of the transom.
the batten
pieces
as it is shown
four inches
batten
it is best to make
is easy to obtain,
a batten
at the underside
the marks
the
or
its aft
of the
will represent
the
underside
of the decking as well as the top curve of the quarter
knees. The battens can
also be used to measure the bevel needed for the aft edges of the knees. Shaped as they
are in every
Deck
The
dimension,
these
pieces
are really
quite
a job
Beams
deck
beams
bility
are desired,
beam
at each
will quickly
should
be made
and of spruce
frame,
cessive,
the beams
curved
grains
that
lightness
be cambered,
comes
aboard.
are obtainable.
When
there
maximum
is a consideration.
both
Where
an especially
is severe
strength
and
There
should
for strength
the camber
good
camber,
method
durabe a
is not unusually
when
boards
such as is often
exwith
found
in
DECK
cabin
bent
to approximate
has much
merit
can either
form
because
and
be steam-bent
to shape,
of the resulting
or over-width
to shape.
strength
FRAMING;
Another
157
stock can be
method,
one that
is to laminate
the
partners,
percent
than
the t,egular
beams.
trunks,
the beams
(See Figure
should
be heavier
by about
75
12-3.)
Although
it is customary
to represent
the beams and frames on the plans in the
manner
shown in Figure 12-3, Figure 12-3E shows that the beams must be beveled to
fit against
the frame
planking,
which
combination
heads.
curves
This is because
toward
of deck camber
the frames
the centerline
and flaring
are twisted
toward
hull sections,
must
sometimes
This
is sketched
in Figure
will land
the ends
of the boat.
the inboard
corner
on a flat surface
the
Due to a
of the clamp
instead
of a point.
12-3F.
amount
depth
of camber
of curve
is given
of so many
beam.
To make
Figure
12-4B is followed,
method
and
shown
should
length
when
you run
method,
three
and
a beam
or the camber
into
a cabin
straight-edged
are
at the
battens,
driven
center
longer
assembly
always
holding
from
each
than
in Figure
is needed,
beam
beam
the
with
12-48
board,
one
at each
end
the required
beam
in
mechanical
is self-explanatory
but C is faster
has a different
length
procrdure
thr
In this
of thr
arc.
beam
Then
two
are
the centerline
the battens
shown
in the pattern
of the
as it is called,
curve
top where
each
mold
may
The method
nails
one
12.4C.
or in the specifications
and is stated as a
using the length of the longest
length,
for a given
or a beam
pattern,
in Figure
is suitable
on the plans
inches
to one
in contact
with
end
of the beam
the nails
and
then
to the other,
at the ends.
The
opening
fore-and-aft
Figure
practice
shown
12-1A.
The
into
is still followed
today,
The
the strong
springing
the header
Figure 12-2B.)
In powerboats
and
always
must
is to make
beams,
then
to its planned
small
sailboats
mentioned
the half
a couple
the header
dimensions
with
very
from
previously
fastened
beams,
and
clamp
up to the mold.
side
and
the
as shown
although
in
this
molds,
the centerline
narrow
half
to coincide
of beam
are termed
and
pull
12-3) and
are notched
dovetailed
the connection
(Figure
beams
headers
are short
by the strong
which
old-timers
in the sketches.
between
the beams
is bounded
headers
the beams,
space
openings
decks,
them
of
in the
of the boat.
(See
the normal
half
158
Db:CK
beams
E;RAMI,YG
are sometimes
case is simply
heads.
on which
replaced
a filler
piece
by a shelf fitted
as thick
of the narrow
When
consists
is stiffened
(Figure
between
header
These
with
12-3C).
and
the usual
beams,
notched
around
the frame
board.
clamp
being
fitted
only
12-3D.)
the decking
headers
or a covering
side deck,
framing
as the deck
of planks
tie rods
These
half
frame
knees
Knees
rather
beams.
to provide
additional
strength
of plywood,
heads
stiffening
the deck
or clamps
there
at ends of large
hackmatack
They
pieces
frame
and
the
For
large
between
fastenings
conform
with the deck camber.
clamp. (SPP Figure 12-3.)
than
running
openings
or oak crooks
are bolted
or riveted
may
be lodging
in the deck or at
on top to
and shelf or
Deck Blocking
Wherever
blocks
wood
there
fitted
are fittings
between
on deck
the beams
to bear
such
as cleats
and
tackle
blocks,
there
to take through-fastenings.
The
they distribute
provide
I he case of shearing
forces, and over a greater area of decking when upward
encountered.
The blocks can be of oak. mahogany,
or plywood and should
on
top
to conform
Whenever
bolts.
to the
possible
Blocks
deck
the blocks
arp shown
be
against,
and
blocks
should
camber
are
best
in the deck
and
sawn
to a tight
if through-fastened
framing.
12-3.
having
in
strains are
be planed
fit between
to the beams
Figure
more
beams.
with
long
Mast Partners
The deck
framing
the cabin
trunk,
beams.
These
plan
in Figure
blocks
are always
has large
as thick
blocks
called
as the depth
made
should
be coated
serves to keep
Haqging
large
with thick
out water
deck
frame
of hardwood
white
should
lead
there
surfaces.
or other
mast
partners
such
bedding
and
as blocking
between
between
through-bolted.
mast partners,
through
fitted
plcmentary
sketrh, Figure 12-3G, shows a set of typical
in thr trunk top or the main deck.
All comparatively
which
The sup.
whether
located
or lodging
knees,
as the decking
is laid.
This
Knees
a hull in
been re-
DECti
FRAMING
159
+iAC<MATACk.
P
OArC
HANCLING
KdEE5
tNEE.5
Figure 12-5.
movt-d
collapses
at thr
deck
when
corner
a man
and
stands
on it. These
forces
reasons
try to hinge
why properly
sized
and
located
fastenings
are important
if long hull life is to be expected.
Brackets
called hanging
knees are fitted for resisting such sideways strains.
Like lodging knees, they are made
of natural
Metal,
crook
oak
in the form
or hackmatack
of flanged
kners
knees
are grnrrally
and
plates,
are
plates
and
of not splitting
Figure
and singly
12 5 shows typical
its mast
stepped
angles,
insofar
or castings,
wooden
through
at the ends
hanging
the cabin
as possible.
is often
through-fastened
used for
to do. Hanging
and midlength
knees
of
trunk.
Modern Construction
The
quarter
traditional
knees,
lodging
construction.
a reasonable
price
niques
Maine
flanged
plates.
of hanging
hanging
be realized
to Woodr~z~onf
that
knees.
described
earlier
them
magazine,
there
are modern
Morse,
materials
of wood or plywood
in
sup-
Cherryand
tech-
crook knees
or be made
a well-fitted
and secure plywood
secured plywood interior joiner
are used
a longtime
craft
knees
(According
Knees
provided
by modern
materials:
of lodging knees, and properly
the place
problem
It should
for small
hackmatack.
metal
and
04622.)
available
of oak and
The
for them.
plier of hackmatack
field,
knees,
of
stiffening
160
DECKFRAMING
In any
details
case,
be guided
of the structure
by the
plans
labor savings.
If there are a number
of bulkheads
common
cruisers
in many
consisting
of two layers
heads
and
beams
or
areas.
power
partitions
longitudinals
with
a minimum
where
when
panel
The- designer
material
and full-height
packed
of plywood
boat.
for your
in way of masts
joiner
full of cabins,
glued
together
of other
it is necessary
deck
partitions
head
can
the
in
enclosures,
be supported
framing-
to reduce
should
provide
just
span
hull,
etc.,
and
as is
a deck
-DECKING
In general,
there
first,
whirh
it watertight
are really
kinds
of decking
consists of a wooden
rot. Where the materials
and minimize
for a wooden
deck covered
are available.
boat.
with fabric
it is logical
The
to make
to make
type boards,
sometimes
deck.
The
enough
sometimes
other
covered
type of deck
to be caulked
with canvas,
is the so-called
for watcartightness.
not:
the latter
And
then
there
Depending
smallest
tightness.
tion
upon
your
or aesthetic.
boats
viewpoint,
Regardless
the deck
serves
each
type
of the decking
the double
contribute
of deck
chosen,
purpose
to safety,
strakes
are variations
(The builder of a boat with a fiberglass hull might opt for a lightweight
having fiberglass skins over an end-grain
balsa or foam core.)
economic
is a short-lived
of narrow
has
an
sandwich
advantage.
remember
of providing
the latter
thick
of both types.
deck
either
to comfort
and
water-
as well.
Tongue-and-Groove
Deck
Tongue-and-groove
boards
material,
anywhere
from
make
an
4to 6, permits
inexpensive
deck
because
the
built,
width
of the
parallel
to the centerline
of the boat as in Figure IS-IA.
Very often these decks are
made of non-durable
material,
unseasoned
in the first place, and quick to rot if the
deck
covering
leaks.
tongue-and-groove
groove
tends
The
straight-run
construction
to warp
between
deck
is not
(Figure
as strong
that
as other
the thin
types
upper
and
the
edge of the
only covering
for a
161
162
DECKING
-%.ac~
BeT*CCr
UkDEP
BUT--
rEC&
*i 3CCu.
9EA.4,
kc%
TOriGjE
~__
tongut~-and-grnovc~
and
canvas
the canvas
that
duck.
will come
The groove
life is shortened
ends must
be well fastened,
Instead,
planking
the ends
butt
these
leak.
have
Better
in time
Strip-Built
Deck
strip-built
and suitable
perhaps just
sprung
upward
and
The
between
a way of working
A tongue-and-groove
cost.
along
the canvas
the ridges.
to make
the deck
such a butt
beams
to blocks
and
the
on a deck
similar
to
blocks.
Calvanizcd
drive.
shows through
it is not practical
are fastened
Most tongue-and-groove
age,
and
warping
by wearing
DE&K
SrEieP-p,f~L
C>ECh
*.PltJL
,P
5-3
-~
.
..--11\
7
\+..
ml!
h,
.VCP
.
BLOC*
\,-neo
*3-,.
Figure
beam.
4 GPOOVE
threaded
deck really
even
with common
and
better
poking
and
galvanized
holes
nails,
in the canvas,
are inexpcnaivr,
and with
making
it
to
nails.
cloes not have much
to recommend
it except
low
this is doubtful.
type of decking
shown
in Figure
13.IC
is strong,
rather
quickly
laid,
when the deck is *c, thick or better. The strakes are usually square,
or
a little wider than their thickness,
and for maximum
rigidity
they are
to the curve
from
rift-sawn
163
DECKING
boards
and
lay it with
shrinking
and
finishing
nails
not exposed
bronze
up,
at many
strakes
as shown
of the wood.
to each
in Figure
of the sheer
13-1D.
Around
strake
If a strip-built
and
of course,
The
deck
because
the
practice
is built
Figure
4-3.)
of
Galvanized
and
Monel
or
all misgivings.
between
It is good
will be a minimum
(See
can substitute
eliminate
other
of planking.
deck
deck.
are satisfactory
are fastened
beams
of the
The fastidious,
times
the width
surface
edge
across
to sea water.
nails
The
the edge-grain
swelling
beams
and
toenailed
the outermost
is planed
with waterproof-glued
slightly
below
strip is fastened
off smooth
seams
to the
when
the
to the
finished.
like a strip-planked
hull
(Chapter
ll), it will be enormously
strong if the seams are fitted reasonably
tight.
After being planed smooth and sanded,
such a deck can either be painted
or covered
with
light
fiberglass
Plywood
cloth
and
painted.
Deck
A main
deck or cabin
rangement
top of marine
of the pieces
strength
openings
and
in the deck
must
for hatches,
In the previous
under
waste
cockpit,
chapter,
and
is strong,
light,
be planned
for minimum
available.
Following
plywood
of plywood
panels
tioned.
then
of material,
and
cabin,
taking
into
horizontal
racking
tions
are not
because
The
with
as important
this adds
deck
panels
rlosrly
if thr
considerably
should
spaced
fastened
plywood
be fastened
screws
A well-fitted
staples
plywood
staples.
driven
underneath.
glued
Joint
to the deck
the edges
and
threaded
along
nails.
I,$ thick
by compressed-air-powered
the deck
beams
Countersink
can
staplers.
can be fastened
be fastened
The
coating
with
coated
increases
ficult
and sheer
might
or even impossible.
to the surface,
Canvas Covering
which
the deck
be done
should
by using
in a single
that
a double
be waterproof
thickness
thickness,
glued
with
Monet
the staples
either
oak.
due
very dif-
together
to provide
of
the most
Decks
Plywood
is best covered
and
decks
laid
laying
As soon as it is obvious
% or x plywood,
st rengt 4.
economics--
make
the
putty,
holding
power so it is just about impossible
to withdraw
these staples from whitr
When a plywood deck is specified to be :?$ R in thickness or more, the curvature
to camber
loca-
beams,
glued
up to
strength.
or annularly
deck properly
Plywood
block
is waterproof
around
fastening
heads slightly below the surface
non-oil
base if the deck is to be covered
non-ferrous
to a butt
to the horizontal
flat-head
knees
was mcn-
reasoning.
br sccurety scirw
ends can
maximum
consideration
with
in construction
to minimize
to provide
together
the function
at masts
and quickly
with care
being
canvas
with fiberglass,
covered
covering
with
of decks
but inasmuch
canvas
as I recently
in the Caribbean-~
is still worthy
of mention.
saw both
;)robabiy
plywood
because
of
_I\I
in- -I-
164
DECKING
FAGi
CANVAS
r eATTeN
-,_ /___-1.,.,-Ccl
Fi0EeGLA55,
FlBEtZqLA55
JR
TOtiirLJE
ifn
lUTED
ob?
~.-~
V4PNGED)
COPAMOk,
At&
I
I
t3EaMr -l-o
OF DECICZ -I
ml4
FtBCKGLAS5
062
4 GE% -5.
0LOCF.l
RETIGEEN
SurrJar
eDG5
DECK
PLANICSHEEEZ
.\
PLnuwLFuEER
-,
COVEk3ZD
cCn.,VAS
C4NdA5 JR
l-rvjoJD
WlTCI
oa
_-
____
.AWtchinq
lldil
M&,ODTYPE ~~DEC<
---___----_
- Seun-
THE
,,ECk<
-r\6U\E
bltaY WAtiE
E,TnBa
T,.E
pL.--.
.--cm
-
kc,ITlri
OVTrr
KIT*iLnrE:Y
, 4iED5rEtr.STORLOCL
DECV.IUG
IbTr.2E.d
ECr.RE4W
CTFl?Oh\
pL,bQ,-..o
iAriELS
,h
Figure
13-2.
Canvas
for covering
piece
if possible,
suitable
width
together
so that
should
allowing
cannot
be bought
enough
be had,
there
wide enough
width
to turn
get a sailmaker
The
cements
weight
of the
for decks
that
canvas
varies
are liable
on the market,
from
8-ounce
it is recommended
risk of applying
loose covering.
First stretch
stretched
moist
the
as tight
or other
is clean.
canvas
canvas
that
fore and
as possible,
and
canvas
that
worker
When
fold.
Seams
are shown
boats
to lo-
wear.
Although
If a
of the boat.
for small
to get considerable
deck in one
with a double
should bc applied
to the deck immediately
paint is smooth so there will be no lumps
reason,
down
the centerline
FOPM&h
OMULI
STCEIIGTcl
there
marine
unable
to
in the
and
even
are canvas
paint,
which
Select
along
the centerline.
is at least
a two-man
The
job.
canvas
should
It is better
be
ac-
DECKING
complished
worked
by rolling
on than
edges
of the boat
should
be copper
spaced
in order
After
the ends
and
and
the edges.
tacking
Where
will be turned
When
to hold
the canvas
further
shrink
structures
the canvas
can be added,
an effort
Tacks
be very closely
from
and hatches,
around
cut it about
idea
to apply
later,
it will start
the first
4 in-
and beams; it
to the boat.
it is a good
sides of
tack it to headers
fastened,
opposite
fastened
brush
to
and
If too much
to crack early
paint
is applied
in
to crack.
Covering
1 am going
such
by moldings.
is completely
flat paint
canvas
for cabin
later
completely
it or not,
then
area can be
down over the
and should
pulling
the canvas
and temporarily
it just before
before
will be hidden
amidships,
until
covers openings
has been
and stretch
the surface
working
it tightly,
deck
Believe
which
more
the pressure.
start
stretch
sticks so that
as you go along
up inside
of flat paint.
paint
it with tacks,
the canvas
around
never
or Mone!,
for them
coat
secure
the boat
of the canvas
can be handled
165
to touch
as plywood
disagreement
only on covering
panels
about
or diagonally
covering
planked
t hcsr surfaces:
hulls
should
stable
wooden
(Chapter
structures.
11). There
is often
then saturated
with resin, or should the bare wood be coated with resin. and the glass
cloth laid in the tacky resin, smoothed.
and immediately
saturated
with another coat
of resin?
Ask an experienced
applied
covering
There
adherence
that
resin
called
Stable
adhesion
Cabosil
surfaces
such
can
of the wood
decks
If the cabin
should
sides and
be
is to be painted,
strengthening
are
and
items
the
also
making
sanded.
smooth,
coamings
method
or two and
in tape
watertight
putty,
a white
the
woodwork
deck
with corstrips.
the cabin,
being
bright,
joinerwork.
the edge
The
primer
are to be finished
in the finished
These
of cloth,
doubling
a fiberglass
is to build
feather
form.
exterior
of
layer
with
sanded
so it is not visible
available
a single
reinforced
installation
the watertight
it for an inch
with
if rough
being
as hatch
before
after
for an epoxy
the resin.
boat,
is improved
such
covered
up against
with
of a v-bottomed
surface
the fabric
The
or someone
the wood.
For instance,
can be coveted
are painted
everything
tapering
be mixed
like plywood
as thr chines
Fiberglass
used first.
decks
from
of fastenings
or in cracks must be removed
to bare wood and
material.
A materials
supplier
can sell you powders to mix with
to thicken
powder
ners,
of these materials
seems to be no disagreement
over the fact that epoxy resin has the best
to wood nr over the fact that the wood surface must be clenrr. Any oil-based
supplier
etc.,
the
When
and turn
of the covering
by
job.
narrow
joints
strips
that
are great
for
v~ill be painted.
166
DECKING
with
Decks
Planksheer
A very attractive,
old-fashioned
fabric-covered
around
deck
the
edge
planksheer,
scarphs.
lines
Its shape
from
is obtained
and
marking
from
the planksheer
is fairly
at the edge
can
of the planking
narrow,
block
(Figure
in either
to shape
of two ways.
run
on the deck,
the edgr
of a fabric-covered
a
and
they are
on edge.
The
The fabric
inner
edge
is
of the
tacked,
and the groove filled with a tightly fittt=d batten
of wood
planksheer.
Another
way is to employ a toe rail set al the inner edge of
as shown in Figure 13-2E. The fabric is tacked along the edge and the
13-2F shows the
tened over the fabric with plugged
screws. Figure
mc~thod of finishing
Then
case it is
otherwise
down
with
by the dotted
in which
them
the deck.
the fabric
called
on the underside.
assemble
bent
piece,
is a
board
are joined
as shown
are edge-bolted;
and
13-2D),
This
planksheer,
underneath
it is steamed
of the planksheer
be rabbeted
needed,
deck
covering
segments
on the deck
a batten.
heavy, the joints
the
it is a tapered
screw fastened
planksheer
unless
colored
13-2C.
and
a board
the edge
stopped
by Figure
-wide boards
by laying
canvas-covered
or contrasting
as illustrated
to shape
line is drawn
of the completely
by a varnished
of the deck,
is sawn
in the figure
parallel
variation
bounded
and
to match
the
the planksheer
toe rail is fasmost common
mahogany
or
oak molding.
The outermost
strakc of a stx-ip-built deck is edge fastened
to the planksheer
for support, but the outer cdgcx of a tongue-and-groove
deck would bc sprung downward
if
on brt ween
stepped
canvas
fiberglass
splitting
the edge
deck planks
deck beams.
Caulked
There
where
unsupported,
of the decking.
when,
perhaps
a tongue-and-groove
To prevent
to the extent
of tearing
the
this,
there
must
be blocks
fitted
between
the
Decks
are IWO types of caulked
too much
wherr
beams
covering
difference,
weight
deck
is important,
decks.
planking
thinner
decking
of marine
plywood.
A tyllical laid and caulked deck is drawn in Figure 13-3 for a sailboat and
The planksheer
is fitted first as described
struction
also applies to powerboats.
thtsn thy narrow
strakes
are sprung
parallel
and should
the conbefore;
The reasons
be in long lengths.
Any joints
are located
far
apart in adjacent
strakes. The wood must be rift sawn so the grain can be laid on edge,
because flat grain will eventually
lift and splintera condition
that is both unsightly
and hard
cedar,
and
on bare
Burma
feet. Suitable
teak.
The
woods
last named
are good
white
pine,
Douglas
fir, Port
Orford
by far
-Raftawn,ckr drcwiog
I-?
PLbtiB3HCLR
ac
SEAM
FOR
rHlOISOL
COMPOUhlD
hJ0CMA.L
SCAM
-GAULIcIdG
od
ALL bWEL
cue
CWE
SEAMS-
~AG~CRED
FASTCdWG5
Uh
6Erc
ICAL
bAiCpE
d-IV
-CAUU&D
SCAMS
Ruti
LAID DECK--
-L--
Figure 13-3.
ObCdcldDER
lD
-YAK?? FA5TEhlldG5
Iti hhS ErlDS
-.
L STCA&S
HERRNG
00dtD
AT
%-rz~P-BUILT
DECK)
BR tJIbbE!D
IIJ-IU
STCAIGW
OR TAPCREO
IdlhJO
PLAhJ<
CL. (sac
168
DECKING
It has a natural
it out to a whitish
equal
or painted.
color so that,
Scrubbing
together
with
salt water
and it
to teak.
Teak
trim
to be varnished
decks
do get dirty
is being
there
used
has been
of them
Until
a flood
do a good
sections
the seams.
square
secured,
regular
keeping
to offset
teak
appearance,
are available
Most
practice
watertight,
caulked
heated
tape.
with cotton,
and
to make it run for
sealers
After
The seam
that
away after
can be run
the decking
filler
was
as shown
in the figure.
with
standard
them
13-3.
seam
seams
antiseptic
systems
for caulking
in Figure
was called
seams
otherwise
Now there
the open
their
and treatment
boats
of teak cleaners
job and
the chemists
by the enlarged
and
on fiberglass
is then
is laid
applied
in
and
with a
household-type
caulking
gun. Care must be taken to avoid air bubbles
by
the tip of the cartridge
at the root of the seam so it is filled from the bottom
about
1 W II wide,
Figure
a very sharp
chisel
is
and plugged
with bungs
for decking,
It is noted
deck
into
run under
made
wider,
king plank.
or nibbed
cabin
sides,
Quite
requiring
bing
into
run
are caulked
smooth.
payed;
Planking
conventional
directly
and
laid
deck,
beams.
with
the
the
into
as the taper
plank
the plank
that
entire
surface
of marine
exception
that
way there
like
must
be
It is not desirable
to let deck
next
opening
to the cabin
strakes
are run
the planksheer
is
parallel
as well as the
around
ends
at the centerline
Either
the decking
The decking
of proportions,
is pleasing
then
as drawn.
a margin
to deck
an example
and
and fastening
may be herringboned
plank
to be nibbed
is needed,
way of decking
the lengths
the ends
the planksheer
at times.
13-3. Sometimes
a lot of fitting
Still another
sides,
in Figure
bung
to take fastenings.
as drawn
very long.
both
a king
seams
to the cabin
in a smaller
in Figure
the strip-built
blocks under
resulting
straight
fore and
the cabin
(unless
to blocks
the method
planking
of the
plywood
under
used in Figure
is complete4,
deck
is planed
is similar
the strakes
the seams
and
sanded
to constructing
are not
being
fastened
,pc~
DECKING
thick
teak overlay.
Plugging
allowing
ttle teak
it to cure,
from
for counterboring
underneath.
there
As an alternate,
(without
should
fastening
Pains
be taken
with lo-ounce
can
be laid
fiberglass
on plywood
of course)-a
must
if desired
plugging
screw
messy
cloth
to prevent
laying
with
but effective
the /eWthickness
by back-screwing
strakes.
before
covered
169
rotting
In fact,
of
some
thiokol
compound
job.
mentioned
above
manner.
is suffi-
Chapter
The
14
amount
and
likr
daysailers
boats
have
your
cabin
be done
hull.
of deck joinerwork
a deckhouse.
work should
built
character
trunk,
carefully
the occasional
cockpit
hatches,
and
paint.
Even
though
it is said
while
larger
yachts
cockpit,
and bulwark
rail. This
regardless
of how well you have
because.
will make
a snap appraisal
of your boat based
too, is necessary,
for
Pr0pf.r maintenant-c*.
woodwork.
peeling varnish, or scarred and
on thr appearancr*
of the deck structures.
nothing
looks wet-se than bare and stained
dirty
Open
might
watertight
neatly
visitor
that
a book cannot
btb judged
by its cover.
my ad-
about
the ultimate
appearance
while
doing
ever);
deck
joinerwork.
Finishing
with
Traditionally,
Varnish
the finest
mahogany.
Today,
yachts
for various
reasons,
areas
deck joinerwork
of varnished
of teak or
fine
woods
are
wood
lines such
Teak
(brightwork)
as the sheer
and
mahogany
that
is limited
moldings
used
to accent
fore-and-aft
of the hull.
are moderately
by abuse.
Their
hard
natural
to trim
and
initially
resistant
appearance,
to scarring,
though,
and to maintain.
Clear, natural
finish.
but
has appeal
either
of
to many,
DECK
while
paste
filler stains
be sanded
of desired
to a perfectly
brushing
consistency,
is spread
a little
When
work
and
area
must
ture
a finish
be clean
and
amount
remain
filling:
then
i 2 filler,
to dry to a dull
with a fine-grade
thinned
appearance,
abrasive.
to
at which
about
what
Repeat
opinionated
kind
people
of varnish
cleanliness,
absence
varnishing.
But regardless
the same:
allowed
that
of advice
to the mahoganies.
before
free of dust
and boatyards
out an enormous
more
on and
be sanded
The waterfront
finish
171
off across the grain with clean cotton waste or rags. This is easy
After a day of drying,
the first coat of varnish can be applied.
practice.
or more
smooth
JOINERWORK
of varnish
of moisture,
used,
brand,
the essentials
and sanding
or a mix-
of varnishing
in between
coats to kill
the gloss.
Finishing
with Paint
Jy. painting
in Chapter
16. but 1 merely want to point out here
abr..*
...aurni
you may he painting
wood deck joinerwork,
such as Philipinstead of varn:-
fir or Duraply
plywood,
or fiberglass-covered
mahogany
(solid fJr plywood),
There
is a section
th-:.
pine
wood.
appearance,
With
because
well.
a paint
finish,
countersinking
This
Use only
a good
to smooth
glaze
coat.
if necessary,
lightly again
again
Sand
Starting
craft
marine
yachts
trade.
hren
available
For the
previous
superior
finish
that
button-bursting
plans
sand
with a polyester
material
Start
paint.
that
putty
with an undercoater,
smooth,
apply
apply
a second
depending
tion
glazing
undercoater,
touted
leave
polyurethane
form by several
or so, this high-gloss,
10 years
form
reasonably
will
two-part
in brushable
affluent,
the
coatings
for amateur
applicator
(painter
used on air-
firms catering
to the
durable
coating had
is really
application.
can
not
result
proper)
and
in a
truly
of your
Cockpit Coaming
boat
kind
of cabin
and
coamings
(along
will do as
is thin.
proud.
Cabin Trunk
The
the highly
only in a sprayahle
and
finish
are brave
with
irregularities,
were
If you
and covering
working
of marine
out
in mid-1979,
and
the surface
when
grade
compound
an all-paint
below
is an advantage
and indeed
The
largest
upon
of the cabin
structure
the design.
side,
you
will
If the curve
tackle
is the
of the cockpit
cabin
coaming
to make
both
trunk,
with
of hatches,
details in
or deckhouse,
on deck is a continuacoaming
and cabin
side
172
DECK
.JOINER
WORK
COAM
Figure
out of one
available
14-1.
long
glued splines.
can be made
of the bottom
it was laid
The
down
old-timers
from
of the cabin
work
screws.
deeper
reasons
the cabin
sides
is difficult
up against
bright,
cabin
sides as shown
and caulked
14-2C.
This
deck
from
beam
fabric
of the
more
cabin
a rabbeted
with
and
after
toward
Sometimes
for
It is easy to fit
14.2B,
but
If the cabin
them
inboard
outboard.
in Figure
such
turned
care must
covered
practice
posts, make
sides,
be sloped
than
exacting
general
corner
considerably.
watertightness.
making
to lean
great
on the top
unbelievably
as shown
of inches.
impractical,
at the
loft floor,
extra
whtle
corner
are often
these
held in place
a little
-~ almost
thickness
headers
panels,
top.
to behold--
inboard
with
to leave
appearing
unless
turned-up
sides against
the
are usually
the board
standard
carefully
to a perfect fit.
being vertical,
should
to keep watertight
the cabin
making
the cabin
builder.
inside
wood
a sight
rabheted
boards
whether
of the trunk
by /,,,I or so than
to keep them
than
assembly,
work off the radius corner
The sides of the cabin, rather than
fhc ccn(erlr~c~ slightly
side,
Remember
was truly
(See Figure
longer
of the trunk
the corners
that
mahogany
up by edge joining
of thin
the plans.
aesthetic
wide
to the camber
dovetailed
Long,
can be made
to the shape.
be planed
time-consuming
nowadays
14-1A.
with a template
and scribed
edge so it can
the
edge
opening
where
and
as in Figure
The shape
drrk
piece
for this,
overlap
!hiG
be taken
Thus,
or fiberglassed.
sill piece
as sketched
With
a laid
in Figure
DECKJOINERWORK
-FA~~E~~~~GsTKz,P
BE2..NS
K!-Ed
LIA0LE
Fe
cafqr:
SlmE15l-rritd
/ N eoaer
.Sli
173
ICAti
Figure 14-2.
When
fastened
trunk
are specified
Drilling
must
to be as thick
beam
header,
be very carefully
done
as 1 /I , they should
be
to ruin
in-
the lumber.
enough,
sides, nailed
through
the trunk
counting
amateur
and glued
curve
bend
solution
the intersection
at the edges.
whether
is to strip
,+JAiiED
athwartships:
shown
especially
trunk
for a sailboat
of this type.
With
had strip-
I saw, female
forms
in plan
;l-RIPS
Figure 14-3.
was
with considerable
so. Depending
be impossible
dis-
planked.
that
fastened
is usually
in Figure
or double
edges,
plank
has to be strong
of the cabin
like that
to the plywood
cabin
as planking
the samr
upon
to give a quick
:<:
\,
:I
by
I-
174
DECK
JOINER
WORK
Toe Rail
Small
sailboats
foothold
are
when
fitted
the boat
ing decorative
scarphed.
sheer
with
The
so that
thickness
14-4A)
that
are used
to be looked
set slightly
inboard
as a
on as be-
of the deck
under
rainwater
and spray
throughout,
shown
The
(Figure
plugged
but more
and from
as well as practical.
with
is heeled,
height
on the lines
will drain
often
from
they
overboard.
The
are tapered
end to end,
of the
on the inside
but frequently
face.
they taper,
Small
toe
the heights
plan.
.-. .--
!.J-
n-s
cs
Figure 14-4.
Bulwark
Larger
Rail
boats
tapered
have what
in thickness.
Details
every
a bulwark
are shown
IS through
rail.
always
in Figure
tapered
14-4B.
in height
Bulwark
and usually
strake.
by
is scuppered
to drain
pers
that
(pipes
is called
water
drain
that otherwise
water
from
the
would
deck
be trapped
overboard
on deck.
through
If no deck scup-
the
hull
near
the
waterline)
are fitted, then the bottom of the rail scuppers
must be at the deck level to
drain rainwater.
When there are deck scuppers,
the bottom of the cuts in the rail are
placed
scuppers
about
tm above
to streak
stem rabbet,
and
Figure 14-4B.
the deck
the topsides
so that
with dirt.
ordinary
rainwater
The forward
at the stem
and
through
the transom
into
as shown
the
the
in
DECK
Installation
builder.
of the
Templates
tom edge
in place
not
rail
will call
be of thin
and a batten
mind
bulwark
should
and
that
Then
for
some
sprung
ingenuity
in place,
the magnitude
will vary
vertically
Jigs from
of the problem
a normal
the cabin
175
the
shaped
part
of the
on the bot-
at the stations
It will be a problem
the outside
on
and
installed
changes.
wood,
JOiNERWORK
to hold
the template
that
Bear
in
boat;
sides and
and
joints
much
care
must
be taken
to fair
the rail
sections
into
each
other
at the
Bulwarks
for the larger boats can indeed
try the patience
of the inexperienced
builder.
In certain cases, laminating
can eliminate
some of the heavy work. However,
laminating
requires
laminate
bulwarks
Monkey
Rail
Powerboats
when
as a foothold
chocks
for anchor
hatch
hatch
it. The
one boat
a short
handling
dock
is to be built.
monkey
an anchor
(See Figure
rail forward,
in a heavy
it is best to
4-4D.)
Figure
sea and
14-4C.
can
This
be fitted
is
with
lines.
Hatch
A sliding
The
than
up with
when
and
more
are dressed
handy
Sliding
a jig. which
must
is necessary
to give headroom
be rugged
enough
over companion
ladders
of a man
better
and elsewhere.
sitting
or standing
when cambered
on
It can be of plywood, either one or two layers, but is usually made of solid lumber,
as
shown in Figure 14-5. The cover is made on a pair of beams sawn to the camber,
using
edges grooved
for soft white
material
/; thick and about 3 wide, with the butting
pine splines,
glued
and
The
which
tongues
the hatch
on the beam
with
brass strips
than
ends
a piece of split
that interlock
as well as prevent
are fastened
tected
The
that
which stiffen
to the beams
in a variety
others.
tubing,
with plugged
of styles as shown
A common
to slide in grooves
brass
are waterproof
screws.
in Figure
slide is shown
14-5, some of
in sketch
A with brass
while
with
opening.
arrangement
in sketch B is similar in operation,
having a rabbeted
beam header
slides in the log groove. The top of the log may be sheathed
if desired,
and the
molding
on the edge of the cover makes it adaptable
to canvas covering.
The logs
shown in sketches C and D do not have grooves, for the covers slide directly on the logs,
making
it necessary
friction
is minimized
edge only.
project
to sheathe
by having
them
to prevent
an angle
wear
between
of the surface.
SO
In C the sliding
contact
In D there is a piece of brass let into the cover at the ends only,
slightly,
so the wooden
is at one
and it should
arrangements
shown
176
DECh
~J~~i!VER
WORK
Figure 14-5.
in the sketches
steel,
but
are typical
brass
is quite
An elevation
14.5. The
at the centerline
length
by the distance
opening.
and others
can be devised.
of a sliding
Beyond
The
metal
the aftermost
the required
hatch
length,
and
hatch
is illustrated
beyond
hatches
by Bomar
Companicmway
The simplest
with plugged
way of closing
a brass
cabinet
guides,
locking
lock may
to circulate
to keep water
is determined
end of the hatch
screws.
The bottom
Bomar,
hatches
Fasten
edges of the
to drain trapped
alloy and Lexan
water.
sliding
others.
be fitted.
from
the opening
as shown
tongue
air through
are sometimes
as those made by
03603. The sliding
E, Figure
Closure
and
by sketch
to the forward
headers
hatches,
such
New Hampshire
made
can be stainless
the companionway
cover beam
logs just forward of the apron must have scuppers cut in them
In the end, it can sometimes
be less costly to buy aluminum
companionway
Charlestown.
parts
easy to work.
in Figure
screwed
The
to the
running
it is locked
of the
hatch
cover
is to fit drop
boards
substituted
deck
into
beam,
or a
holes or louvers
sill is fitted
the cabin.
on the deck
Double
doors
panels.
Hatches
Openings
At sea,
hatches
with hatches
that
leak
are
made
an
to be watertight
unspeakable
or reasonably
nuisance,
making
so.
for
DECK
A5SEM0W
54 SWELLING
L-OFUWEP
wiLL
td0r
FOfZCE FRAME
HPAR-I-
6-l
hATCH
CDAMI~G
-I I
177
CDPdElZ
0D
JOINERWORK
CRUDE
b-l L ryPf!z
COU
LIGHT
HUSlc\/
HAl-Ctl
BROhlzE
HlblGE
SECT:
-l-HRU
HATCH
0
II
Figure
14-6.
discomfort
during
the watch
below,
as described
lapped
consider
sketch
satisfactorily.
at the corners
to be too difficult
A of Figure
so every effort
(here,
The
companion
again,
be exerted
pieces forming
hatch.
The
the swelling
joint
screws
across
the width
of the hatch
as shown
In fact,
in sketch
bedding
Use either
will force
around
used
the corner
be in the same
them
from
piece
which
is parallel
apart.
the cover is
dovetails
the end screws in the top pieces are in the side frame
of the top in width
to construct
14-6 be followed.
should
I
in
so that
words,
all
of frame.
are dovetai!ed
G, Figure
compound
a time-tested
together
or rabbeted
bedding
under
marine
bedding
sealant
compound
eveything
such as 3M Number
on the deck.
fitted
on deck.
5200 or a thiokol-
base compound.
Sketch
although
B illustrates
frames like
modified
into something
a crude workboat-type
C are used, they are
like D, which
and is fairly
watertight
when
178
DECK
-JOINER
WORK
I_
2.
,
4.
J6.
7.
8.
#LE.
1-A
*(a. I AL41
$,: , ; RF?..-r
PEec
f>
777 . bSE.
**l
ICC..
-re
r ?Y z j*.
1. UA435
I2
.,A.,>
C.rT
c AC. 4
Ig ..A..--k>W
-E-
-----I
Figure
SECTlOPJ T-KU
*AT=* CCAWhs * CdEq
14-7.
dogged
down.
The
gasket.
A refinement
type shown
too light.
they must
E has
in sketch
Flimsy
hatches
the
coaming
construction
to build.
and hatch
shown
hardware
with a plastic
Unless
a plastic
on the hatch
top.
a strong
the
plywood-
material
covers
pins
with a bronze
The
builder
priced
such as Lexan
is to
if fir-is
from
below
with
cast
be pulled
some
be
all
is used,
of
up to the abuse
Some
by fitting
brass
a crewman
is wanted
frame.
a lot of light
in a wooden
hatch
like to hinge
hinges
hooks
in sketch
and
main
cover
of
the hatches
eyes, or dogged
in the
marine
at both
side.
down
from marine
Such fasteners
to
deck
and replacing
on the desired
F (available
the hinges.
is liable
to spaces
where
painted,
rod to engage
the
The
tight
hardware
are especially
good
down.
If a light
satisfactory.
is effected
at the corners
must
but it admits
joinerwork
fastener
located
a gasket
lowest
is
the parts
hardware
firms and are quite
Note that the hatch in Figure
deck of a sailboat
force.
with a removable
are locked
concerns)
where
deck
individual
is optional,
with considerable
fiberglassed
forward
This
14-7, which
to make
take.
14-7 is shown
jump
for a rubber
in Figure
It is a mistake
hatch
grooved
of buying
of which
hatches
are good
value,
instead
of making
are made
mostly
them.
The
of molded
p!Lstic. Hatches
:,f cast aluminum
alloy frames with strong lights of polycarbonate
sheet such as Lexa;l are considerablv
more expensive.
Some of these hatches
are
designed
with
sailboats
in mind
and
have a minimum
number
of protrusions
so that
catching
on anything.
and this is also true of metal
DECK
hatches.
tirely
Sweating
of the metal
by applying
granulated
minimum-sweating
Flush
hatches
can
he considerably
hatch
,JOlNER
reduced
Of course,
WORK
materials
179
or stopped
it is possible
en-
tc make
- wood.
Hatches
Cockpits
usually
have
are constructed
washdown
water
This
method
usual
sha!low
gutters
from
hatches
in sketch
running
is pretty
or much
channel-shaped
enough
flush
as shown
to project
and storage
and dripping
spaces
and often
to keep rain.
spray,
on equipment
and
on the way.
metal
under
tanks,
14-6, in an effort
poor because
dirt
sheet
over engines.
H, Figure
gutters
attached
the opening,
and
to the
having
hatch
opening
a good-sized
framing,
overboard
wide
at least.
Watertight
Self-Bailing
A watertight
cockpit
with scuppers
The
boat
as fitted
to drain
of the cockpit
teak.
can
Cockpit
water,
in sailboats
whether
it bf: from
be fiberglass-covered
plans
should
provide
is simply
below
plywood,
details
a well sunk
preferably
<eck level
made
scuppers
main
non-skid,
or bare
and whether
or not
they should be crossed, that is, whether the port scupper discharges
through
the hull
on the starboarrt
side and vice versa. There arc various ways to fit scuppers flush with
the cockpit
sole;
probably
marine
hardware
cockpit
well would
the easiest
outfits.
Above
drain
rapidly
is to buy
ta.:sh-fitting
should
scuppers
be generously
aboitrd.
lhe cockpit sole is laid on beams that may extend to the hull sides, or it may be supported by beam headers,
which in turn are suspended
from the main deck headers by
long rods with threaded
ends for nuts. (See Figure 14-&I.) Two types of water tables
around
the edges of the sole are shown, either of which may be used with a caulked
sole. The cockpit
ceiling
may be permanently
instaiied
access
spaces
not occupied
and
to storage
Many
feeling
prefer
of security
the lowered
seats
cockpit
seats lowered
it gives.
beams
and
headers
deck beams
below
If the boat
main
by fuel
in order
for support,
has a raised
and
fitted
the latter
tubing
with hinged
tanks,
exhaust
with a slanted
to drain
water,
lines,
for
etc.
of the helmsman.
lazyback.
are secured
(See dotted
doors
piping,
the architect
the visibility
of which
They
to blocks
Figure
plan
The
require
under
the
1478B.) Sloped
with
Seats
Hinged
This
the main
not to restrict
if sloped
or fitted
water
seats and
occurs
in both
locker
lids on deck
solid lumber
are prone
and plywood.
to warp
due
to changes
in moisture.
this is to make
180
DECK
JOINERWORK
r7fl-lobJAL:
f$T.Ed=?D
RCA
-I?2 H
FAORiC
CdEKEO
OF?
CAULIdPC
Sod
CAULVfSP
SdE
00
5-CUPPER
Figure
14-8.
&GPCE
i-E
t..,c
.w
crrr
ilr
-..-i.EC
LIP
I
-_rl
--
-CLL.YT
sau
;.ir5
63
ll
Figure 14-9.
on a table
to the long
saw or with
direction
a portable
saw.
Cleats
of :he piece.
are fitted
This
as shown
is
in
14-9.
Sheer Guards
The hull guard
half round
hulls.
GY rectangle
The latter
for smaller
and install,
considering
the shape
of the
DECK
JOINERWORK
181
sawn to the bevel of the sections. The fastenlng of guards is very important,
are there for the purpose of protecting
for they
below the sheer than at the sheer) take some hard knocks at times and also must be
securely fastened.
Depending
for heavy-duty
guards,
are preferably
through-bolts.
Chapter
15
INTERIOR
of this manual
designers
drawings
and fronts,
but
and
drawers,
the galley
in the nature
than
fabricated
from
them either
more
The
than
that
182
with fine
boards.
of plyivobd
or as fancy
as
show details
of
should
are lacking
or sparse,
persons
joinerwork
I will show
parts
and
there
consisting
the all-important
work is enhanced
by neat-fitting
pushing
sandpaper
are only a
of berth
tops
ice box.
Any
joints
and
really
pays
or of tongue-and-groove
material,
and plywood
is by all means
the latter.
plywood
most, attractive
plywood faced
panels, stained
down
narrow
made
of paneling
attractive
Assuming
be as plain
the interior
of cabinet
and
basic household
projto be the easiest task in
is familiar
methods.
In a small craft there are not too many different
although
there might seem to be a multitude
of them the first
doors,
lockers,
carpentry
rhrough
in case these
few bulkheads
finished
of sections
methods,
the builder
construction
time around.
that
of the boat.
commensurate
The boat
joinerwork
the construction
desired,
JOINERWORK
will be used,
of these
is a real
with mahogany,
or natural,
and
sandpaper
the finish
wood
finish.
can
or bronze
wool
between
coats.
be achieved
basic
types.
by using
available
in waterproof
of varnish,
each rubbed
Natural
wood
can
also be
f!TERIOR
finished
with wax-based
can be applied
material,
by hand
with a soaked
afterward.
The
wool and
recoated
until
must
be made
ings,
etc.,
selected.
Formica
to match
pensive
the luster
natural
plywood
trim,
like Duraply
such
to cover
the galley
locker
open-
as the plywood
face
with
painted
as mahogany.
skill, and
or a combination
of paint
and
finish,
Even though
counter
finish
For a painted
because
of the wood.
off soon
with bronze
throughout.
is recommended,
oil liquids
wiped
around
181
jomts
tung
buffed
species
and
WORh
being
then
for trim
of the same
is to go with a completely
wood
it is practical
Moldings
shelves,
wood finish.
perfect-fitting
choice
lumber
The
the excess
tops, exposed
wood decor
oil varnish.
rag or a brush,
is pleasing.
of solid
as table
oil, or tung
be allowed
the natural
to make
Another
and
should
patience
with
surface
Flats such
tung
JCIAER
other
flats that
receive
will be painted,
hard
wear with
Formica.
A third choice is to cover most of the vertical
washable vinyl wall coverings and to paint the parts
a harmonizing
Formir,a
color.
covered
be natural
wood
Still another
vertical
Again,
or painted.
surfaces
with one of the tough,
that are not practical
to cover with
the horizontal
surfaces
The
be painted
trim
can
that
take wear
to match
or contrast,
be
or it can
finish.
finish
surfaces,
is to use Formica
either
in colors
as much
or wood
as practical
The reader
grains.
on both horizontal
and
should realize that the
and unusually
with so-called
contact
durable
finish
results.
cement,
which
is applied
The
panels
are adhered
to both surfaces
to clean
plywood
and allowed
to set up
of preventing
of a piece
premature
of brown
paper
contact
the same
is to use what
is known
part
as a slip sheet,
made
to be cemented.
The
cement-coated
surfaces ate allowed to set up dry to finger touch, the slip sheet is laid
on the wood while the Formica is lined up perfectly,
and then while holding the parts
aligned,
joined.
Plywood
is pulled
helps reduce
the weight
over
the thickness
:t:,
that
hulls;
where
from
upon
the surfaces
there
tops,
counters,
so the parts
is no sense in installing
over strength.
dresser
weight
between
of joinerwork;
is needlessly
of the plywood,
U in the larger
out
The
plans
a general
and
minor
can
be
weight
guide
for bulkheads
partitions
need
is
not be
saving
bulkheads
or partitions
be joined.
are larger
The simplest
be heavier
than
than
normal.
one plywood
strip of plywood
panel,
glued
and
184
INTERIOR
JOINER
WORK
II \\
lJ
0 .li
\
F
r
15-l.
Figure
a glued
plywood
the rabbets
plywood
spline,
accurately
panels
or have
is to scarph
a mill
them
the woodworking
do it for you.
together,
cutting
circular
Sections
bulkheads,
B through
E in Figure
15-l show different
while F is a vertical section through a galley
shown
Another
rails that
should
good
cleaned
detail
have
been
be about
brought
This
is well worth
is shown
down
is shown
to counter
or even
higher
way to join
two
with an attachment
in Figure
for
4-6.
it takes to construct.
G of Figure
level at their
when
to cut
ways of building
corners for
or bathroom
counter.
The toe
1 high,
another
the trouble
in sketch
machinery
15-l.
ends
tg enable
from falling
you want
to be
off counters
to retain
something
and
like a
radio.
Where
berth
against the hull,
ing planking.
templates.
platforms,
shelves,
and the edges of bulkheads
and partitions
lie
their edges are curved and must be fitted by a process similar to spilThis
requires
the
use of heavy
athwartships
must
to incorporate
out of corners.
portable
a Scarffer.
Still
the scarph
a portable
space
saw called
have
be held normal
carpenters
compass
horizontal
accurate
part,
results,
to the centerline
must
be held
cardboard
or light
the template
board
while
of the hull.
normal
scribing
the template
Similarly,
to the centerline
the shape
wood
must
board
the points
be held
level
for a bulkhead
of dividers
when scribing
for a bulkhead.
for making
points
or a
for a
If these procedures
board.
(See Figure
The
template
board
15-2.)
Bulkheads
are
often
bulkhead
to a frame
shimmed
to true
located
on
one
side
or
another
of a frame.
Fastening
Thus,
when
framing
a boat,
it pays to be particu-
~?CRlRlkl~
OF
t4017MAL
C.L.
FQR
To
OF
BOA-l--
TCRI~ING
Figure
15-2.
~HAPC
!?ULIdHHF,rlD
Q-~APE
FotZ
186
INl-ERIGR
JOINER
WoRK
,/CLEAI?AUCE
.A FACE
-:
l7~~hEC
Figure
between
frames,
be fastened
a strip similar
to the hull.
can be bent
cold
IO the inside
either
steam
must
Figure
never
have
a device
in interior
of solid
saw a frame
edge.
For bulkheads
so that
there
and a strip
ones,
is too much
to shape,
(See Figure
located
the bulkhead
round-bottomed
but where
or bend
15-3A.)
can
a strip
shape
for
in a strip
The spacing
many
fastening
holes
putty
if the fastenings
with
where
it
steel
nails
unless
can
are nails
set below
Plastic
hardware,
Although
or chrome-plated
and
they
a berth.
Glue
are
be hidden
plugged
the surface
Resin
and
Masonite.
at sea. (See Figure 15-3B.)
opening
through
t,$ sides,
such as tempered
are counterbored
plated-steel
in a boat.
plain
from
section
of the fastenings
Elmers
using
or hardboard
them
detail
woodwork
falsely
the
lumber,
of t/t plywood
to prevent
joinerwork
e;Ler
and error,
shows a typical
trim,
bronze.
the wood,
by trial
for a bottom
economize
plywood
be installed
best made
15-X
Fastenings
must
in the cabin.
are
backs rabbeted
They
be as true as possible.
of the planking,
bend
by numerous
be visible
Drawers
frames
to a frame
In v-bottomed
0B
IOtd
15-3.
larly careful
made
CcL.;T~UCT
Where
hot-dipped
are used,
galvanized.
by the trim.
In
In varnished
6r concealed
of the wood.
or spar
nails
by matching
Plugs
in varnished
varnish.
such as hinges,
drawer
expensive,
the hardware
or stainless steel.
pulls,
or lock sets, to
should
be brass
or
INTERIOR
JOINFB
WORK
187
Meta I qril Ia
Loud-e5
JXXX
&tXlfsAT~Oti
Figure 15-4 I
Ventilation
Proper
ventilation
keeping
remembered
protected
that
practical
baffle
against
water,
openings
in ceilings
Other
than
the chance
to remove.
and becoming
as illustrated
devices
made
and
IG. This
the boat
lockers,
after
of molded
mounted
will bring
all the
be
or a slip, un-
plastic,
etc.,
the
on a box having
in air from
it gets inside.
and where
to
(It must
patented
developed
bulkheads
There
the outmust
be
are watertight,
must be provided
with a source of air for ventilation.
and cupboards
should have vents for passage of air at top and botof the hull,
ventilation
and typical door frame
Ventilation
is also of importance
ficult
be provided
the boat
may be kept
minimize
of air must
each compartment
Doors to lockers
tom,
Passage
from entering
the boat
ventilator
boat.
water
by a roof.)
most
side,
fresh
items
of mildew
they
mildew.
and musty
odors,
and other
A few suggestions
stowed
gear
for locker
door
which
are sometimes
extremely
to
dif-
188
INTERIOR
.JOINER
WORK
1 .~-s,c-Jr-cl
z--e.!
.---*--
=e
cgp
ce,
e,--,~+
r- r c--r
03
Figure 15-5.
Ceiling
Ceiling is a lining on the inside of the hull that is used to conceal
to protect stowed gear from sloshing bilge water. or to strengthen
ter purpose,
planking.
in larger
It is spiled
wedged
tightly
the outside
bevelrd
quarters.
This
two brlow
In snlall
boats,
the
is painted
upward
ceiling
/:1 to 4 thick
and-groove
can
be used.
strength,
and excessive
fastened
with
In boats
nails
where
Small
thickness
or screws.
the shape
Ceiling
This
can be of light
perforated
with
many
where
the
small
In the finest
be visible
in the
sole, to an inch or
of air.
your
seams
must
should
White
is shown
plywood
fastening,
body,
but
one
the ceiling
of the best
gear stowed under berths and in the botbilge water when the boat is heeled down
ceiling
of the topsides
into place,
In boats
boat
is sometimes
against
the ceiling
is useless.
they would
are
of the ceil-
At the outboard
pressing
of the
the strakes
edges
and before
if desired.
of frames
where
from
it. and
the inner
and plugged
the space
be slatted
discomfort
f...
~VZ? requires
For appearance,
or treated
bored
extends
clamp,
light
may
the hull
members,
For the lat-
of the thickness
type of ceiling
and
prevents
so that
40 percent
is usually
fastening.
are counter
the sheer
pearance
when
before
of each strake
I he fastenings
the ceiling
to shape
together
yachts
structural
the hull.
be tight,
be kept
cedar
tongue-
for it adds
or pine is suitable
in Figure
little
and may be
15-5.
will permit
or hardboard.
light,
and thin
it, a sheet-type
ceiling
the latter
either
being
is bent
plain
or
ceiling
is decorative
rather
than
structural-
particularly
in
with
materials
an adhesive,
or there
are hull
liners
now
made
These
backing.
Cabin Sole
Cabin
hatches
ready
name
access
to the bilge,
or decking
tanks,
piping,
inside
valves,
the hull.
It must
etc. In small
have
boats a
,qy%yg~*p
g&~~&;~
~>*;a
-719
4, <,~>~,f~,L :/.
:x,
ii ,~, I:
<-,- ;
-
r-%
INTERIOR
removable
panel
sure of this,
leaking
is usually
is nothing
more
sufficient
frustrating
pieces.
flooring
material
The plywood
can be painted
either
hatch
bindings
the plywood
In a sailboat
coat of paint.
enough
it is practical
In cabins
and
where
a carpet
properly
shipshape,
and
not
The
but make
be fitted in
can
or covered
with vinyl
and stainless
the hatches
steel
too tight,
for
ty adding
A bare
a compound
to the final
however,
it
stains.
morning,
should
and
189
bind.
made of synthetic
fibers
with boatmen.
It is light
carefully
planned
quately supported
Do not make
a sole nonskid
grease
labor
finish,
are aluminum
a hatch
but it is practical.
it will hold
carpet,
popular
There
able
in an emergency.
It savrrc much
to make
to make
It is not pretty,
is very expensive
is warm
dangerous
not being
WORK
than
is an excellent
large
on the centerline
for there
JOiNER
but it requires
be used
near
cleaning
open
A carpet
with a vacuum
hatchways.
to be
Indoor-outdoor
interior
joinerwork
ahead to establish
the hatch
by beams and headers.
to go in the hull.
locations.
and
In addition,
it must
it must
be
be ade-
Headliners
Headlining
like homes
- unheard
of until people starred making
than boats -- is a covering for the underside
headlini
is a vinyl fabric
material
made
or Formica-type
Thermal
*.g material
covering.
Insulation
Inexpensive,
lightweight
fiberglass
insulation
on the underside
of decks and cabin tops
adds to comfort
both summer
and winter and whether
or not air conditioning
is installed in the boat. The easiest kind to use is a type having a thin face of white plastic
material
on what is meant to be the down side, away from the deck above. It can be
cut to fit between
cent,
though,
deck beams
is to cover
and stapled
in place.
The
it look de-
Icebox
The
icebox,
construct.
much
about
which
looks so simple
when
used,
and
boat,
difficult
to
you will be
190
INTERIOR
JOINER
WORK
~t5310td
<ECTION
Figure 15-6.
permits,
also made
When
an icebox
Space
should
that
but
not
into
I am
a wooden
be left between
Space
to the icebox,
installation,
or stacked.
going
to get
These
into
there
that
is always
boat
will be hidden
limited
the outboard
should
in a boat,
side should
the
the
and
to make
dnd
are
batteries,
smallest
of
points
to
be treated
be shaped
boxes
with a wood
somewhat
to the hull
with insulation
in between
for under-counter
side-by-side
or paint.
area allotted
are built
be placed
and shore
lines that are needed
for even
the service conditions
can vary so widely.
because
building
remember.
%7X
They
can
refrigerators,
generators,
refrigerators,
form.
again
insulation.
two of them
as electric
chargers,
-rkieu
--ICE
A-A
to obstruct
termediate
and
a watertight
passage
stiffeners
of air,
liner
inside.
it to the hull,
making
sure
as noted above.
Add posts in the corners
and inand sides to support
the inner shell and to take its
on bottom
fastenings.
Then coat the inside of the outer box with bitumastic
paint and while it is
still wet, line the box with tar felt paper laid with overlapping
joints. This is a vapor
barrier.
The
to fit between
insulation
~- I suggest
the corner
posts and
polyurethane
foam
available
in planks-is
then cut
the stiffeners.
with soidercd,
stead,
of the box.
making
even though
to make
watertight
cleaning
joints
smoothing
easy.
the liner
must
be fitted.
is ideal,
the corners
is tedious.
A liner
plywood
The
of stainless
steel sheet
can be fiberglassed
in-
be smooth
INTERIOR
Whenever
when
pour
out quickly,
The
finished
fiberglass
door
when
rolling
box is significant.
to 3/g. In fact,
because
is unavoidable,
191
at sea.
Limit
you might
WORK
omit
the outside
the inside
of the box to
wooden
box and
on the insulation.
to separate
Ready-made
Sometimes
the inside
right
Finish
and
weight
I,$ U thickness,
tions
a top opening
possible,
JOINER
food
light
wooden
from
ice.
gratings
in the bottom,
and
fit adjustable
parti-
Woodwork
If you want
to save time
ready-made
parts
made
among
as your boatbuilding
up by a mail
fornia
that
makes,
other
racks;
grab
rails and
tillers.
binocular
things,
boxes;
order
project
supply
a complete
paneled
and
for a Florida
nears
house.
completion,
There
line of dish,
louvered
magazine,
doors;
Inc.,
in Caliand book
and gratings
boat manufacturer
Woodwork,
is an outfit
and
Chapter
16
MISCELLANEOUS
There
seem
to be optional
boats
coupled
DETAILS
ways, some
of them
good
and
some
with opinions
to study
the details
of the cxpcrienced.
bad,
every-
if one is to produce
of every opportunity
of construction.
for doing
a
to
Such observation,
any
job.
a great
hardware
amateur
To came
jibstay
many
fittings
manufacturers,
can save money
gudgeons
and
under
the cabin
peller
shaft
permanent
pintles,
that
may
are
backstay
be purchased
usually
light
from
special
propeller
cast bronze
struts
aprrturr
floors
Cast parts,
there
especially
are several
alloys.
are usually
ranging
in tensile
to salt water,
makers
192
should
there
casting,
when
tanks
is the
rudder
are located
can be homemade,
made
nf manganese
strength
from
of marine
for powerboats
include prostruts fit properlyrudders,
and transom
platform
brackets.
Some of the standard
fittings
but this does not always pay unless you have time to burn.
and
the stocks
fitting,
and sometimes
floor.
bearing
for boats
and protective
be used.
about
inch. Above
is important.
finishes
Anodizing
too,
bronze,
40,000
water,
Some
for aluminum
also offers good
MI.SC~~l.I.,-l.~~O~~S
IET.-IILS 193
sprrre
/ w;4
PATTEW
Figure
16-1.
protection
if applicable
for sand
The
castings
kind
wood
of wood
is Alcoa
and
for
molten
hrcausr
metal
expected.
easier.
shrinkages
during
rules
of $, J,,, etc.,
meaTtire
corners
of molding.
thin
tool as shown,
For a small
several
taper,
better
at good
making
rubbed
hardware
work,
and
but soft
rule made
using fine
Because
the
by the amount
of
if any amount
of
to make
stores,
at an angle
strength
to each
other
be made
it uniform
and
or with a dowel,
the pattern
of leather
with paraffin
and
the layout
are made
in
such
in the castings
have proportionately
or varnish
is made,
and fastened
wax.
smooth
as boat
fittings,
Knead
with
larger
to smooth
you should
a small
rod.
in place
with glue.
a fillet
or with a metal
tool,
which
is simply
pattern
For smali
Any
finish,
coats of shellac
Also, when
ovcrsizr
be purchased
A two-foot
or they may
he obtained
peo-
a pencil).
rule should
as many
already.
on the wood,
than
is made
them
a smooth
is drawn
rather
the pattern
of bronze
the corners,
The fitting
outlined,
all about
it is given
shrinkage
sections
alloys
249,, .
on patterns
Large,
wilt know
use a knife
shrinkage
can
provided
cooling,
a two-foot
Such
will actually
Inside
for patterns
it is easy to work.
The
work is to be done,
work
processes
experience
(pattern-makers
will shrink
fittings.
35.
metalworking
accuracy
shrinkage
Almag
and casting
may hc used
pine is prcfrrred
lines
pattern-making
ple with
into
FILLET-5
the mold
p!atform
called
by the molder.
a molding
a slight
This
board
is
will
194
MISCEl,l~,~NEOL'S
Figure
16-2.
LXI~AI%.S
mold consists of two boxes one upon the other, called the cope and
the assembly
The pattern
over. With the pattern still in the mold, the surface of the sand
Then the rope is added, tilled with sand, and rammed solid. The cope is lifted off and
turned over, and the sprite, a passage for pouring the molten
metal,
vent holes to carry off gases arc cut with molders tools. The pattern
the drag, leaving
A flat pattern
as shown in Figure
with a complicated
unless the pattern
cope is replaced
The molding
shape,
is more
breaking
the sand
block pattern
in Figure
study of the mold shown in Figure 16-2 will indicate that to produce a casting shaped
like the pattern, the pattern would have to be split along the centerline. Further. if the
cpsting is to have a hollow portion,
this is done with a core of sand shaped like the desired hollow. A simple core as shown
is made by ramming
MISCEI-L.A.VECLS !?ET.d!LS
make
enough
to withstand
the pouring
of the lead.
regular
shape are molded in a split box with dowel pins. In the pattern,
tended
of the casting
so the imprint
!95
in the
mold will support the core. This is shown in the figure. The core print, as it is called, is
painted black so the molder will understand the core. When the casting has cooled
and been taken from the mold,
Ballast
The
Keel
ballast
keel casting
for sailboats
either through the keel or through both the keel and floors, as preferred by the architect. Bolts will be shown on the plans and are the largest -diameter fastenings used
in the construction
and on the inside of the boat are set up on heavy washers under which are grommets
consisting
wrought
bronze or Everdur
iron or Monei bolts
of the ballast
reproduced
must be carefully
by the builder.
shrinkage
rule. Shrinkage
Templates
figured
by the
is made with a
is VHper foot.
The boatbuilder can make the pattern for a cast iron ballast keel. but the casting
must be done by an iron foundry becauve of the high temperatures
required. On the
other
hand,
the amateur
or professional
boatbuilder
Cast Iron
When
Keel
(Figure
the pattern
is made
16-t3A) the job is quite simple. For a more shapely keel the pattern
nears the finished
shape.
be constantly
The pattern
checked
for accuracy
as the
pine anywhere from 1 to 2 thick that are screw fastened and glued together.
familiar
keel
entails more
through
Those
method of construc-
fastening
them
together.
The holes for bolts through
the cores in relation
into account.
lhe
depth to cement over the nut to close the hole in the casting. A core box is made only
for the longest core needed, as the molder can break cores off to proper length for the
shorter
a centerboard
(,A
~1
196
MISCELLANEOUS
DETAILS
_5ECT:Sh;
-I-HRL
OWhi
w5
VOLT
~A-3E
LEAF
l-H
-SE',-:?I,b b
---TU6
4 c2A-r
mbn5rEE
&EL
EL
..:,?lf -
3._
_ i,
T--!=Ft? *EEL
E+,-fj\ES-,FJP
Ah ATEJrZ
.5--e
ker
v13c~
-LEADkiEiz
----.-__-
-EL
and sanding it
smooth.
Lead
Keel
for a sand-cast
distance.
boatbuilders
sometimes
make
lead keel and let the foundry make the mold and pour
the casting. Making the pattern is a relatively easy job as compared to making the sand
mold at the boat shop. One firm named Keel Makers solicits this business, either for
one-off or production
castings.
MISCELLANEOUS
Charlotte,
11746.
North
Carolina
Of course,
Accuracy
28203,
or at 43 Old Brook
is particularly
important
0.26
A rectangular
necessary.
patterns
As a comparison,
Each
inch.
197
when making
Road,
DETAILS
to make (Figure
It must be remembered
16-3B),
as it can be
that
the mold be strong so that it will not break apart when the lead is poured and that the
mold be supported
may be burned.
Making the mold for a shaped lead keel (Figure
reason
in a foundry.
forms are
made to the outside of the keel, plus the thickness of the mold, at stations and half stations. They are then set up rigidly (Figure 16-3D) and the mold is strip-built inside of
the forms. As the strips are fitted they are edge nailed to each other and to the forms.
The inside is finished to a set of templates representing
the finished keel plus an
allowance for shrinkage. Gouges and round-bottomed
planes are used for this work.
The casting will reflect
Lead,
fortunately,
iron melting
pot, supported
point,
of your mold.
by bricks so a roaring
wood or charcoal
under it, and several ;ron ladles. Better still is a melting pot with a pouring spigot or
pipe leading over the mold and a metal trough to distribute the molten metal over the
length of the keel. The top of the open mold must be level. A centerboard
taken care of by a plank of proper thickness
must be on hand to allow for discrepancies,
mold before pouring.
to act as a core.
slot can be
because
ried on to completion before the top of the lead already in the mold starts to solidify.
Start to pour when the lead in the pot is hot, distribute it in the mold, skim the slag
from the top, and puddle the molten lead to prevent the formation
pigs to the pot as you pour, and they will quickly melt in the hot lead if the fire is kept
blazing. Allow at least a day for the casting to cool before removing the mold. The top
surface
can be smoothed
with a woodworking
with a barefoot
wood auger
hand plane.
The
lengthened by welding a rod to the end, preferably used in an electric drill of ample
capacity.
Eirhk r drill must be frequently withdrawn to clear the lead shavings, and
kerosene
is used as a lubricant.
Where
necessary,
with coats of trowel cement, and the cement is then sanded. The keel casting is liberally coated with thick white or red lead where it fits against keel and deadwood.
Standing
Rigging
Chainplates
198
MISCEI.I.ANEOlJS
DETAILS
The chainplates
It is a simple matter
to calculate
the necessity
the chainplates
of cutting
frames
(See Figure
16-4A.)
with fastenings,
which
and the metal may bleed and discolor the topside paint.
metals
such
2s
bronze,
due to corrosion,
Monel.
boat chainplates
peculiar
to various
It
torn out under stress. This may result in a broken mast. There
types of small
are bolted
at that point.
However,
are to be preferred,
of the
and details
of fastenings.
and a frame
frames
to the task,
The area of the wood in the hull against which the bolts
plan locations
equal
must be designed
classes,
are several
detail on the plans for the boats. Referring to chainplates in general, the end of the lug
extending above deck should have only slightly rounded edges so as not to reduce
strength
unnecessarily.
compound
collar
to the keel are riveted to the plate and screwed to each frame crossed and the
keel. This
arrangement.
shown in Figure
of old wooden
16-4B,
boats.
The planking
for the straps as each strake is fitted.
Wooden
Spars
Most modern
sailboats
than
alloy extrusions.
There
the frames
is carefully
rather
hogging,
have spars that are hollow, and there has been a definite
aluminum
distributes
notched
toward
set in compound.
in the boat.
trend
of
Despite this,
made of mast-grade
it is a
light, strong wood. Clear fir and pine run rather far behind as second choice. Inasmuch as a mast is a column, the maximum sectional area is required at midlength of
the longest
unsupported
panel,
so to further
save weight
aloft,
When using modern waterproof glue, fastenings in spars are not required or even
desirable, as they add weight up high where it is detrimental
to the stability of the
LUG5
eeur
7-C
AbdiLE
OF 5i+F2ouD
PLATE
FOR5hl,ALi3\3AT5
__.
?ET41-
RAtiGc;Lcs
--
I~j+J$\LN
~
--=Y
i.+ I hl&T
,, ------=i=i=
1,1
,,lPA
1,+ __
7.
:,
- _, __A&z
f-i--/*ji& 6
w.8_1
-_,_-_-_I--
_r
,_,
_._
._--CHAlhi
53R
FL
ATE5
h;?lCf=%??$;,;-;i$.IC5E
I;igu rc 164.
hoat. As a matter
of fact, hollow glued spars were in use years before truly watrrproof
water-resistant
varnish
to protect
long lengths,
the joints
lengths.
Sitka spruce,
of amateur-built
When joining
fortunately.
feather-edged
patience
joint
is required.
the individual
in
Theoretically
pieces are
of this type.
with coats of
is available
from moisture.
to make a perfectly
a glued joint
is as strong
or
200
MISCELLANEOUS
DETAILS
&fj~@!!!Jz?$kQ
+-/so
GLUEC
L.&x
S-A~PH
MA-X-
OR
0CWt-4
O.A.-
SECT!,?klS
d AST
I soL~ca=2
5%7A-i
T;:
@J
B2A-r
-Qd-
~~O!vlS
Horn
9ECE
5!+R-3
Figure
Qe,cdTgw,GH;pEm
Q-l=-
Ci-EP
?i%?
ROUT-R
mEct&
BOLT
EP!=?Z SF
5,+ii
16-S.
as a glued joint will be locally stiffer than the adjoining unjointed pieces, it is best to
stagger the scarphs as much as possible. Figure 16-5 shows a scarph and typical hollow
spar sections
in use today.
The simplest
forta.antl-aft
pircrs
rabhetrd.
is prcfcrrcd
by some builders
with the
1101 skidding of the glued surtaces. The section next in simplicity is the round spar
made of hollowed-out halves. The larger spars, both the oval section and ,he round
srction made of staves, are the most difficult
amateur. Of the two, the oval is the easier in the smaller sizes, as it consists of two
round halves and two tapered side pieces. The wall thickness of oval and round spars is
always tapered
classes
with a groove
routed
with a circular saw and then routing out the groove in the saw cut, using a very highspetbd cutter with a shank narrower than the saw cut. (Sue Figure 16-5.) To make a
boltrope
gouged or machine
lhc
T-boom
tangular
Hollow
is used on smaller
sailboats.
which
also sometimes
booms.
Rectangular
Probably
machine
maximum
Spars
of the spar.
It is desirable
to do but taper
say
at the
&,
for
at hand
detail
the edges to
MISCELLANEOUS
because
Duplicate
surface
contact
cannot
a makeshift
nailed together
to a wall or fence,
16-6A.)
201
be made.
DETAILS
that is, the aft side of the mast or the top side of
the boom.
Shellac
Use a marking
pieces
gauge
and shellac
elsewhere
to scribe
between
as called
filler
and shellac
is also omitted
in way of
these. Because solid filler blocks have been known to swell and either split the spar or
cause poorly glued joints
the pad-type
side before assembly as shown in sketch B, Figure 16-6. A long solid filler fitted at the
heel of the mast is bound to locally stiffen the mast due to the sudden increase in sectional area. The late Phil Rhodes, one of the great yacht designers, insisted upon a
block cut as shown in Figure 16-6C to avoid this situation and also advised running saw
cuts longitudinally on the block to allow for expansion. Provide drain holes in all solid
fillers cxcrpt the one at the masthead, so moisture will not collect and start rot.
When everything
paying partirular
attention
to those regarding
in accordance
temperature
spread it quickly
at hand: it is surprising
and thoroughly.
Before
gluing make
as there
should bc one every few inches or so to apply the pressure required for the glue, particularly resorcinol. Although Figure 16-6a shows a boom that is larger than any that
the average amateur would attempt. it is a good illustratiorr of the number of clamps
used bv a builder to ensure a perfect job. Ail kinds of clamps may be utilized if their
openings
clamp
are sufficiently
pads to distribute
insufficient,
joined
wide to clamp
together
If the number
spar clamps
of your clamps is
(Set
sketch,
Figure
16-6D.)
The clamps should not be removed for at least 24 hours to allow the glue to develop
full strength.
corners,
paper.
finished
finish is wanted
Sitka spruce
working
has a beautiful
round the
when
coats.
Round
Even
(Figure
Hollow
though
Spars
a boat
mast
made in symmetrical
and boom,
the spinnaker
halves around
a centerline.
pole
First,
202
MISCELLANEOUS
Figure
DETAILS
16-6a.
get out two pieces of stock that will be square when clamped
of the pole in the middle.
surfaces
of the
material;
then lay out the inside of the pole, that is. the part to be hollowed.
Make
hollowing templates,
Figure 16-6E,
Mark centerlines
diameter
on the mating
control
the finished spar and guard against ending up with walls that are too thin or not
uniform in thickness. The hollow portion is ended in a quick taper, as shown on the
sketch,
assembly is tapered.
to solid wood.
all
along the spars centerline. The next step is to cut the corners off the square and make
it eight-sided. This is done by drawing guide lines as done in Figure 16-6F. The following description
is an example
ner, and the rule is pivoted until the 12 mark lines up with the opposite corner. Points
are made on the wood at the 3t$$ 0 and 8rh H marks on the rule. This is repeated at
every foot and a batten
is run through
in the diameter
rule should be almost square across the spar. The ratio of 12-814-3%
can be reduced
or enlarged to suit any size of spar. For smaller spars of, say, 5 d diameter, the figures
can be halved. Therefore,
the end of the rule is held on one corner of the spar, and the
6 mark on the other, with points made at the 1% Nand 4 !LaII marks. When guide lines
have been drawn on all four sides, it is a simple matter to make the spar eight-sided
with a drawknife
I
------
_____
Y-7
--------____
----------
HOLLONJIW
,
SPIt4kJAdiR
~.-
Ou~WR4lGHT~Td~.
Sl-RhlOHT
AFTsIDC
OF COOUS
SIIXD
FVLE
%
~ __ em+
Of Ak.JO
-IDIdhSl-5
ARE W?ZAGHr3
Fl?CWl
LdE5
MA-We\
XAWicl
0t.l
AL -V CUT
SICSC,
rwh
-!-AWLCC
I,- e @MT-
ROUND
Chamfer ~orndr5
droc moisture
LL *T
k!EcJw&qOhl
Figure
16-6.
Sbar-mak,rzg
drfails.
THRO
IM-
204
MISCELLANEOUS
DETAILS
of
it is the same.
Rigging
Atmchnents
for Wooden
Spars
Not too many years ago almost all masts were round and the upper ends of the standing rigging
location
were spliced
in a loop, dropped
the marconi
manufacturers
logical
rigging
therefore
oval or rectangular
section.
of
of a
not suitable
to the desired
Consequently,
and is the
to splice and is
has practically
disappeared
and the ends of the wire rope are fitted with swaged stainless steel terminals,
which are
attached to the mast by means of tangs. Most tangs are made of strong sheet metal,
like Everdur, Monel, or stainless steel, and are held to the mast by one bdt and a
number
and downward
stress com-
detailed
The tangs can be made by a machine shop or a rigging specialist, or the enterprising
amateur can tackle the sheet metal work by fitting his bandsaw with a metal cutting
blade.
Besides making
according
to plan,
holes for the tang fastenings with care. Loose holes will permit the tangs to slip,
possibly overloading a few of the fastenings instead of letting all of the fastenings do
their share of the job.
and mizzen masts
Figure
of a ketch.
particular
tangs
are strong,
simple,
and well
bolts for tangs have nuts on the aft side of the mast that would inter-
fere with the sail track if it were laid directly on the masts aft face. To get around this,
the sail track can be laid on a batten
the nuts. Battens
that has been glued to the mast and cut away for
desirable
on booms
with the boom at their edges. The screws for the sail track go
such
headboard,
Mast Step
The compressive
load from the mast is taken by the mast step, which is of some hard-
wood like oak. The step is given a length of several frame spaces to distribute
the load
over the hull, and in boats of any size it is placed in notches in the floors after first having been notched itself. When carefully done, the resulting joint at each floor will pre-
MISCELLANEOUS
Figure
drain
205
16-7.
vent movement
floors,
DETAILS
Figure
hole drilled
The
mortise
and in addition,
ltj-4B.
or by strategically
located joiner
bulkheads
of
strength.
Aluminum
Alloy
Spars
The plans for the boat you are building will probably call out the specifications for the
parts if the spars are to be made of aluminum alloy. There is now a large choice of sizes
of extruded sections for masts, booms, spinnaker poles, and the like. and also a large
choice of fittings to complete the rig and make it work. Sailboat rigging is a business of
its own and is best left to the experts if you do not have the details of what you need.
There
Marine,
to use aluminum
New Whitfield
Street,
ready to
Guilford.
Connecticut
06437;
206
MISCELLANEOUS
DETAILS
Figure
Schaefer
Spars,
Sailmakers,
Industrial
Inc.,
16-8.
Vertical
Fort Lauderdale,
an extrusion
Massachusetts
02745;
Florida
for a mast.
and Mack-Shaw
33315.
16-5.
Tie
Rod
The forces from the thrust of the mast and the upward pull of the rigging tend to collapse the hull, so that in moderate-size
step and mast partner
as shown in Figure
16.4B.
nuts which are set up over washers. Just take up the nuts snugly when installing
them,
Types
of Rudders
A rudder
consists
transmitted
powerboat
of a wood or metal
The location
it is attached
blade
which it pivots.
waterline,
or it is hung outboard
balanced,
force required
Powerboat
Modern
meaning
on the transom.
which
for common
force
is
types of
Further,
through
Except
and a stock
un-
or it is partly bal-
is reduced.
Rudders
powerboat
rudders
are
now almost
invariably
made
of metal,
of galvanized
The
is riveted.
although
most common
type has a
MISCELLANEOIJS
DETAILS
207
C-i? 3?=\ZE 23
;-A-5 572,
j
j I
5
.d:;:t ;
?>,
I
I
i
-p<
0A
v(
I* -5xEj
I\ .
\ ;cyy:gL,l
L
- f3ne
., LsEetEr
F-ZCK
c -v
+=l
,
\ 4 yt;r-,yfg0a I\L,: e,rtEEL
16-9A shows this type of rudder supported
Figure
16-9.
to prevent leaks where the stock enters the hull, and at the bottom by a pintle riding in
a hole in a metal skeg. A spade-type
the same
manner.
rudder is sketched
in Figure
at the bottom
and is more
liable
to catch
lobster pot buoys and the like. It is a clean design and results from an effort to reduce
underwater
resistance
the bottom
of the rudder.
Small
by cutting
may be purchased
Sailboat
steering
qualities.
rudder
behind
of sizes.
Rudders
Small centerboard
sailboats
have an outboard
upon available
cent of the blade width aft of the leading edge of the rudder.
and pintles as seen in any marine
disengaged
The
but in any
warping,
and
dicated
material,
reason.
ety of gudgeons
is used
hardware
in shape, as in-
catalog
an insert of lead heavy enough to offset the buoyancy of the blade, or the upper pintle
can be drilled for a cotter pin just below the gudgeon. The tiller is fixed, or preferably
made to hinge so it can be raised when tacking.
In shoal
water localities
the small
boat
outboard
rudder
is often
made
with a
208
MISCELLANEOUS
DETAILS
FtlnxlER
PWl-l-E
RUDDER
HEAD
,,---
7lLLClC
FlrnuG
au
,P~vioTit.lG
RUDDEI~
b3JDDER
Figure
5LllJlhll3
A t=Ed 5TAtJDAc2C
TZALL
OAROE(L
FITTINGS
and fittings.
as the blade.
while sailing
of the boat.
Some of the standard fittings available from marine stores are sketched in Figure
16- 1OC. Besides these, several of the marine hardware manufacturers
make sets of fittings for small outboard rudders that prevent the rudder from coming off, yet leave
the rudder readily removable from the transom. Rudder fittings should be bolted
rather
Large
Sailboat
Figure 16-11A
enough
Rudders
shows the rudder for a keel sailboat
when
the rudder
are fitted
for support.
and
and
thicknesses is so great that stock fittings are not available and patterns must be made
for castings. These fittings are usually detailed by the architect with enough dimensions so that,
together
with templates
metals
for rudder
strong Tobin
fittings.
bronze or Everdur
It is inadvisable
but
pounds per
MISCELLANEOUS
DETAILS
209
EC
Figure
16-11.
Larger
rudders mus! be made of pieces that are doweled or drift bolted together
indicated
as
by the plans. The size of dowels and bolts should be shown by the designer
in diameter
the middle
by the fastenings.
bc joined together,
their coming
through
to each other,
and when
must be kept in
to
section in Figure
and then a
16-11A shows
to make a
is fortunate
be saved by planing
tapering
in adjacent
of the sternpost
with a minimum
is sheathed
sheathing
enough
piece
to have a thickness
to its thickness
alternated
painting,
each
planer,
at the forward
edge.
of disturbance.
As mentioned
all
warping,
The forward
with copper
Otherwise
about
rudder can be turned hard over without fouling the sternpost. With the rudder arranged as shown in Figure 16-11 A, water is kept out of the hull by screwing a threaded
brass or bronze pipe into a hole drilled in the horn timber.
right amount smaller than the pipe so the threads will take hold, and it must be drilled
at the correct angle. The best way to start the hole is to cut through a block (shown
dotted in the figure) having its face at right angles fcJ the center of the stock. This can
be laid out from your mold loft drawings and a drilling
that the hole is drilled at the proper angle.
RuDDEP
AL/V
-
Foe
IL4AW
210
MISCELLANEOUS
DETAILS
.nEz~
STAGGEPED
FLUS-
B;*zEym
iv)&
-42
BeorJZE
A0OuT
3 WI CE
TL?AILiNG
l-E
,=?I?.\
m.
Fi,gure
Rudders
(Figure
AFT
-.
!=L?R
CPA\\
---.-
IUEf
._.. ----
Sailboats
hiJLC
be a hole or aperture
ATE
PL
16-12.
for Auxiliary
When a sailboat
\l
ECGE
SHEATHING
--
there must
can turn
when revolving.
The edge of
as the propeller
on the propeller
centerline,
on the centerline
disc of
of the rudder.
The aper-
ture is cut away by trial until the rudder can bc swung 40 degrees off center and still
clear the propeller blades. (See sketch, Figure 16-12.)
It is not sufficient to end the rudder stock at the top of the aperture: it must either
partly surround the opening as shown in Figure 16-11B. or completely encircle it as
shown in Figure
complete
long pattern
machining
16.1lC.
Sometimes
the latter
method
is carried
the casting
to finish
the job.
A shorter
to make,
casting
out by casting
around
the
but a
a lot of
the aperture,
as
shown, is hard to beat for strength, and except for filing rough spots from the casting,
the only machinin, = needed is to taper, bore, and keyway the upper end for the stock,
drill holes in the blade straps, and turn a pintle or b arc for an inserted pintle on the
lower end. The blade straps shown are cut from flat bronze and secured with counter-
! /fl b >; :
MISCELLANEOUS
Figure
tapered
split gudgeon
disengage
pintle
the bottom
adapted,
A stuffing
tiller fitting,
to
or in larger
There are several varieties of each of these items made by the marine hardware
manufacturers.
An expensive and by no means necessary
the trailing
Thk
and keyed to
der made like this may be removed from the hull without digging
horn timber.
211
16-13.
DETAILS
edge as illustrated
is made
sheathing
refinement
in Figure 16-12B
by templating
the shape
of the trailing
edge
and
Figure 16-13.
bandsawing
the
from a sheet of bronze about &, V to X2 Minch thick. and there is much waste.
and laid on the rudder to mark a rab-
by means
together,
of countersunk
then ground
reasonably
I;harp.
Sometimes
the rudder
is
Steering
There
Controls
directional
starting with
212
MISCELLANEOUS
inboard,
steerer
These
DETAILS
more complicated
methods
sailboats
aligned
nected to a quadrant
rope running
to the upper
and securely
have an Edson-type
fastened
over sheaves.
The Edson Corp., 471 Industrial Park Road, New Bedis one of the worlds largest producers of sailboat steerers
02745,
that is practically
a design handbook.
cable steering
from a pedestal
in lieu of cable-over-pulley
Others
use a gearbox
pull cable
sizes of boats,
con-
uses a reduction
to the sailboat
pedestal
Other
on the rudder stock with a length of sprocket and chain and wire
ford, Massachusetts
gear steerer
stock.
to the structure.
type of steerer,
suitable
to
for
type of
steerer and is seen in many boats because it is the least expensive to install.
The fortunate builder has good detail of the steering system on his plans: otherwise
he has been left on his own to work it out. The steering
much of the interior
joinerwork
sheaves.
fastened
The
to prevent movement
latter
should
whenever
should be installed
It is most important
before too
be through-bolted
and should
be carefully
possible.
manual
hydraulic
manufacturers.
steering
stan-
wheel, a hydraulic
cylinder,
and a reservoir,
the more
drawback,
the number
of stations
of design,
the more
advantageous
the system.
One
by introducing
a power-driven
Box 668,
Osprey,
Florida
of hydraulic
components
operated
is Hynautic,
Inc.,
33559.
Fuel Tanks
Due to the danger of explosion and fire, the construction
particularly
struction
gasoline
should
not be taken
written by people
Guard.
tanks,
The standards
and installation
lightly.
17 and Recommended
specify the all-important
of fuel tanks,
Both installation
and con-
by the U.S.
Coast
Reading.)
matter
of tank materials.
MISCELLANEOUS
remains
probably
diesel
fuel tanks
breakthrough
aluminum
but
DETAILS
either
for gasoline
a coating
of certain
nection
to the bonding
One caution
as called for
about aluminum
tanks concerns
the connection
of metal fittings,
as metal tubing and metal ends of fuel hoses, to the tank, because
be galvanically
alloys of
5083, or 5086.
When buying a fuel tank, be sure it bears the label of the manufacturer
by the standards
or
material
of fuel tanks.
213
compatible
pipe coupling
threads
of the coupling
half.
The bushing
unthreaded
reduces
the
to aluminum
including
is to
such
packless type,
except
word:
openings
in the tank
A tank manufacturer
that has made hundreds of aluminum
alloy fuel tanks for
stock and custom boatbuilders
as well as for the one-off people is Florida Marine
Tanks,
Tank
Inc.,
16480
Capacity
Figure
N. W. 48th Avenue,
by figuring
U.S. gallons.
dimensions
Florida
33014.
Calculation
capacity
Hialeah,
their
Boatbuilders
is multiplied
in
If
gallons.
The cylindrical and rectangular tanks A and B are straightforward
to figure. Shape
C is typical of a tank installed under the cockpit of a sailboat. The sides are parallel
but the top and bottom
area W times H
is the average of the area of the ends, or the same as the area at midlength
Shape
D is often
under
of the tank.
and again
the
volume is the length times the average of the area of the ends. The W measurements
are taken at midheight
Propeller
Propeller
Shafts
and
of the ends.
Bearings
non-corrosive
material.
have
TAti<
CApAC17-y
0A
fibLL0Fd.S
(DlMEdSlo~5
1b-i (J-s-
/
;.
6 ALJ.=
Id
INCH&)
L%3.\4SCKlZ
231
Q
H
LXH%W
231
00
Figure
CiALS_
16-l<.
MISCELLANEOUS
just about priced themselves
content,
a used
materials,
Tobin
shaft)
notably Armcos
and
been
Aquamet
tioned
Typical
cannot
by various
stainless
of find-
steel
shafting
Aquamet
17 is a strong, suitable
22 is a better
diameter,
American
choice.
Boat
and Yacht
men-
spacing.
to the engine,
yacht service
standard
215
These
unlike governments,
replaced
boat market.
DETAILS
shaft coupling
locking
the propeller
must be carefully
who is set up
for this work. Dimensions for machining the shaft end and propeller hub have long
been standardized,
at least in the U.S., and the SAE data for this is usually tabulated
and illustrated in the catalogs of the propeller makers. When setting up the length of
your shaft, allow one shaft diameters clearance
between the propeller hub and the
strut.
Figure
16-15A
motorboat.
batten
shaft
shows a longitudinal
section
applies to a common
around
box inboard
to prevent
arrangement
long to require
additional
with a keel
of a rubber-necked
of a twin screw
Intermediate
support.
The stuffing box and the shaft log are both of bronze and are connected
length
of rubber
minor
misalignment
proven
hose secured
by clamps.
of the shaft.
The
of boats,
struts
by a short
vibration
due to
with a wedge of wood in your boat to get the correct alignment. The base flange of the
shaft log must be made watertight by bedding the flange with a generous amount of
bedding
compound,
Wherever
otherwise
*a
The
possible,
such
therefore
because
as Dolfinite,
to worm damage.
materials.
bronze
bolts;
be used.
with silicon
and paint
with polyester
This precaution
or epoxy resin,
in place and is
is very important
indeed.
for the shaft hole and is cut off flush with the outside of the hull. This type of shaft log
is rather special and is not used as frequently as the kind that terminates at the base.
Another type of special shaft log is sometimes used in moderate to large size boats
where the shaft is quite long in proportion
bearing
between
to the diameter
and it is desirable
The bearing
to have a
<TTCPu BEAClUG
/n
CVTLE-X
CACTtUG
PeneuG
t----t-Y
,?-.-1
I
1-k\
.--&&E iP.45-e.$,
7
I)&,EE<Y-e.
\\
\\ I/II/ICC..E7
\,\ J/ cr,,m
uSHAFT
COMMOU
TYPE
-n-i~u
B~iiC\xoc~D
OF
-1.
LdL,3 -
TE:r
JL
Y~-\FT
.---.I
SECT
COTIE
Figure
16-15.
~-HZ.
~~DZ;~
11 7-v PE FEPLz,rJlj
,+..-..
l?Z.3
-
F
- u-~.
ZC
.--AFT
MISCELLANEOLS
ward end is not exposed
cooling
water tapped
to a flow of water;
water lubrication
of the bearing.
DETAILS
is provided
The
217
by engine
is not detrimen-
tal, because only a small amount is sent to the shaft log bearing.
by the plans, these are either the single amI or the v type, and
due to the angle of the shaft and the shape of the hull it is nearly impossible
stock strut that will fit. There
might just do the job.
16-15A
or a mock-up
Bronze
are, however,
Otherwise,
enough
dimensions
I am not advertising
Freeport,
Corp.,
patterns
through
11520
have a screwdriver
These
with moderate
the planking
Cutless-type
the strut
bearing,
manufacturer,
alterations.
to an optional
bearing,
the deadwood.
The latter
for bearing
The stuffing
has a Cutless-type
lubrication.
necked,
with a
Both stuffing
Water
hardware
will fill the hole for the shaft and must be prevented
in the deadwood
to
bearing
The stuffing
bonded to an outer
plastic-type
the length
and
while it is tightened.
intermediate
ones.
Figure 16-15A also shows a typical arrangement
casting
of special
specifying
outside.
thousands
bronze.
diameter
has made
needed.
You might as well have the strut maker install the bearing
of bearing
as shown in Figure
bronze bolts. The heads of the bolts should be oval and countersunk
should
that
anybody in particular,
New York
to find a
on a sketch
some adjustable
structure.
the stuffing box and stern bearing castings, either a lead sleeve as shown in A of the
figure (the lead is easily flanged by hammering) or a bronze tube special ordered from
a supplier
like Columbiar.
ends of a threaded
bolts.
The
stuffing
impregnated
box
asbestos
pipe.
Bronze.
The
The castings
packing
braid,
is square,
and is installed
be fastened
either
waxed
as individual
leaking.
can be tapped
for the
flax
or
Teflon-
LEFT
HAND
$?IGHT
kV<lNG
Fbgure
+M
r(4~D
A$-+-EC?t.l
16-16.
Direction
Screw
fWD
of Propeller
propellers
astern,
Rotation
are made
either
right-hand
turns counterclockwise
requires
takes a left-hand
or left-hand.
a r$ht-hand
propeller.
rotation
Looking
propeller
It is customary
forward
from
in
as shown in Figure
16-1G.
Aligning
Propeller
Shaft Couplings
If there is misalignment
not only be unnecessary
to the rear bearing
the engine mated
between
vibration
the engine
and propeller
shaft couplings
and a rubber-necked
between the coupling
first and
the stern
bearings
there will
at the rubber
neck. Lacking
halves by inserting
of
a feeler
as shown in Figure 16.17. You can tell by gently pulling on the strips whether the
pressure, and thus the gap, is the same for all pieces. Hardwood and thin brass shims
are used under the engine mounts
is as perfect
as possible.
The
of the couplings.
Many engines are equipped with adjustable mounts that need but a wrench to lift or
lower them a few thousands of an inch, and some of the larger engines have jacking
screws built into the mounts for the same purpose.
If aligning
MI.~CEi~l.ANEOC~.S DE?,-IILS
because
some
shape
when water-borne,
Drives
lhc boatbuilder
is often
Driven
out a v-belt
pulley diameter
pulley on an engine.
or spcrd in RPM.
pulley:
Driving
Engine
hulls change
219
RPM
-_
Diameter
Diameter
RPM
diameter
x RPM of drivel
diamctcr
diameter
of driven
x RPM
RPM
of driver
of driven
pullry:
diameter
x RPM of driven
RPM
diameter
of driver
x RPM of driven
diameter
of driver
Controls
The engine is almost always located some distance away from the steering station of
the boat, so remote controls must be installed for operating the throttle, the reverse
gear,
and an emergency
shutdown
diesel engines.
This
used to be done with complicated linkages of rods, pipes, and bell cranks and was a job
One of the greatest boons was the advent of the hydraulic
of major proportions.
220
MISCELLANEOUS
reverse gear,
DETAILS
requiring
many foot-pounds
but fingertip
of effort needed
to operate
The engine
brand of engine
for connecting
Control
Panish Transdyne,
Street,
Hudson,
Avenue,
Vancouver,
British
is Kobelt
cables,
Limerick, Pennsylvania
19468.
The length of cables between control
but they should
be installed
Another
pioneer in control
Fort Lauderdale,
firsthand
Columbia,
for push-pull
Ohio 44236.
reduced the
The control
brackets
control
clutch.
that drastically
experience.
Manufacturing
Canada
V5T
as is Teleflex.
Florida 33308,
A newcomer
Co.,
Ltd.,
Morse
heads is
an out-
in the U.S.
235 East 5th
lH2.
Inc.,
640 North
Lewis Road,
with a minimum
number
of bends,
bend radii for the size of cable being used must not be exceeded.
Contrary
the movement
of push-pull
the cable
manufacturers
to the opi-
A lit-
for making
of
the in-
stallation.
A variation
of a control
so the installation
long runs of
Engine
Connections
Water,
connections
tion cannot cause premature failure of the lines. Cooling water lines to the engine
should be hose, double clamped at each end with stainless steel hose clamps whenever
possible. On the other hand, fuel lines should be hose of approved type with threaded
ends and rtezler clamped.
The reader should heed the relatively new regulations
described in the following chapter.
A good number of boats have sunk because exhaust
clamped
to the adjoining
by the American
chapter
clamp
for additional
reference
to the ABYC.
MISCEI.L.~lNEOI~S
Ohk CLAM4
W\DTc(
II
M~hd.
wo
uo5e
Electrical
221
CLAMPS
Mlfd. WIOfH
Figure
DETAILS
of
~%cI=! r 12
16-18.
System
Here is a part of modern boatbuilding that can get a builder into a lot of trouble. If he
is lucky, there will be only one voltage on board, such as 12 volts direct current.
However, more often these days there will also be 115 volts of alternating
a shoreline
perhaps
connection
also operate
not running,
to operate
AC-powered
generator
cooking
and to operate
AC independent
a charger
air conditioning
while dockside.
range,
heating
or air conditioning,
television,
in USC aboard,
are endless:
Materialwise.
the standards
that alfe~tpl
an
such as an
American
further,
current from
of overload pro-
load to be carried,
approved
crimped
terminals
failure
from vibration.
to safe electrical
switchboards
ware store-type
recognized
availahle
by the appearance
tection.
Now, there
of batteries.
There
the circuits
utilize
custom
Marinetics
is a sufficient
designed
Corp.,
P.O.
selection
circuit
of
12-volt DC panel
breakers
for circuit
pro-
due
on the market
For years,
installations,
standards.
to boatmen
should be
must be by
as well.
system installation
meeting
switchboard
be soldered
Connections
Newport
eliminates
the necessity
Beach,
California
92663.
to take care of
of having to
in this field is
222
MISCELLA
Battery
NEOLJS llET/lILS
Storage
Boxes
The clrctrolyte
in a lead-arid
metals, so it is important
unsecured
multiple
battery
units,
storage
to overturn:
must
battery
to prevent spillage.
therefore
bc secured.
is very destructive
the battery,
For small
craft
whether
there
batteries.
it consists of a single or
coveted
batteries
In
containers
is made
and completely
of plywood,
made
acid-
sions of the box should be about 3i Wlarger all around than the battery to provide
space for spilled water, which can be removed by suction with an oven baster. A couple of expendable
the clearance.
Fresh
dropped
battery
and ventilated
so that ex-
16-19 is a suggested
Water
like Masonite
terminals.
box.
Tanks
is that
there should
built, tested,
be an opening
and installed
in the bottom
the
is treated
to remove
as fuel tanks.
of the tank-
and fiberglass,
pro-
MISCELLANEOUS
DETAILS
223
Plumbing
Copper
water,
for piping,
either
such as a tendency
to develop
polybutylene
tubing
suitable
pinholes.
Now it is
necessary
polyvinyl chloride
fast to con-
fittings.
the hull for any reason whatsoever-toilet
connections,
connected
cooling
the through-hull
be genuine,
approved full-flow sea cocks rather than valves or other devices made of brass or similar
alloy that could
deterioration
be corroded
remained
by sea water
undetected
the boat
to sink if
and possibly
allow
Boat and
intake strainers
Water
Trap
There
should be a circulation
the water.
Vent
of fresh air through
closed up. The vent shown in Figure 16-20 was developed for sailboats
ago and remains
popular
while excluding
and practical
as it permits ventilation
g.hi
~ENTILA~;C
K ITH
\.ATEE
TCAI
I%.~\
Figure
16-20.
on the
224
MISCELLANEOUS
DETAILS
MATERIAL
2500zoooIs*o-
FACTOR
60,000
LBS.l?S.I.
OF SAFETY=
STE
rL- 4
IO0
,o*o300MOTOO
630z 5007
r?400
z
cl !.a,/-3 -i
4+
AZ PKlCIrtr
REACH
B= ANGLE OF HEEL
C - HCELCP
REACH
0:
3g
nr
3
5---
--
:
:
50a--
/-
TO USE
--- --
--
DWW LlNE(2)
THR
REACH s LOAD.
FROM
INTERSECTION
WITH
B.M.
LINE
PRoJEC7(F) PARALLEL
WITH
GUIDE
LINES
TO PIPE SIZE SCALES.
.-
: 2
al*-w
- a
55
Ii
301
la
PIPE
Figure
16-21.
results.
The
removable
screen should
rubbery
can be plastic,
opening
by about 25 percent.
are insects,
DAVITS
because
plastic kind that bends when a rope crosses it. The tube into the boat
aluminum,
or copper.
athwartships.
Davits
Davits are used for handling
poses on commercial
against corrosion,
anchors
and dinghies
boats. Aluminum
material
aboard
hot galvanized
3
z
z
I
steel
after shap-
MISCELLANEOUS
DETAILS
225
Figure
16-22.
labeled
Figure
for davits for all sorts of uses. If you know the load and the reach
(dimension A), the chart will give a pretty good idea of the pipe size needed. The chart
has a built-in safety factor of four using ordinary steel pipe. A davit is basically a cantilevered
or if rolling seas
Anodized aluminum alloy davits of various capacities, ranging from 150 pounds for
anchors and up to 1500 pounds for small boats, are made as stock items and can be
had with a tackle arrangement,
in various voltages. The reach,
with a hand-operated
winch, or with an electric winch
dimension A in Figure 16-21. is usually limited to six
Painting
The boatbuilder
finishes imaginable,
both for
to protect
wood trim.
Underwater there is also a wide variety of antifouling paints, usually priced according to life expectancy. Here you must be guided by the length of your season and which
paint has proven effective
The same makers of the fine marine exterior coatings (perhaps paint is becoming
extinct?) have material for the interior as well, and there is nothing wrong with the
high-grade latex-base paints, which make cleanup so easy with water.
226
MISCELLANEOUS
Marking
DETAILS
Assuming
way to mark
Figure
profile.
16-22,
Level straightedges
waterline
at frequent
intervals
may be marked
as often as desired.
alternately
the
there.
during construction,
curved (sheered)
for appearance,
and offsets
above the waterline can be taken from the plans and plotted as shown in the figure. A
batten is nailed on the hull to fair the points and mark the line, which is done by scribing with the broken
end of a hacksaw
wood.
blade or similar
race
Chapter
17
SAFETY
one made to be paddled or rowed. As soon as holes are made in the hull underbody for
through-hull
fittings or machinery and electrical installations are made, precautions
must be taken
building
to prevent
are fortunate
leaking,
sinking,
fire, or explosion.
in having information
available
Newcomers
to boat-
water through-hull
number
sinking caused by a rotted hose attached to a valveless underfitting, loss of fire control from the wrong kind or an inadequate
of fire extinguishers,
fire and/or
explosion
because
was installed without slack and broke from vibration, loss of life because passengers
aboard a sinking boat could not find the life preservers. These occurrences and others
were and are preventable.
The very nnturc of boats calls for deck levels of varying heights
steps and ladders.
hand
that
American
council
with safety.
important
fastened
in place
by
number
of
with through-fastenings
This non-profit
cerned
around
are securely
to be accessible
by having an adequate
to those aboard.
Council
of the boating
industry con-
hours in
the preparation of standards for safe practices in the general areas of hull, equipment,
machinery, electrical, and engineering standards. Ample time has been given for comment
and criticism
standards
of the standards
do not represent
one-sided
before
therefore
the
opinions.
227
220
SAFETY
There
STANDARDS
are numerous
available
individually
standards
contact
the complete
set of standards
or as a complete
is included,
American
Membership
as issued
Federal
Safe Boating
Poor design,
Regulations
construction,
and equipment
fuel systems,
and Yacht
pliance
Council,
guidelines
turer or backyard
In my opinion,
mended
electrical
installations
that
systems
in boats
to the U.S.
the standards
whether
required
in explosions,
with gasoline-fueled
in case of swamping.
Coast Guard,
resulted
whether
his product
engines,
safe
The American
prepared
com-
he be a manufac-
recom-
by the ABYC.
booklets
Guard
District
Office
or
Washington,
D.C. 20590:
from
may be obtained
I1.S.
Coast
Guard,
from
your nearest
Office
of
U.S.
Boating
Coast
Safety,
System
Compliance
engines
(except
outboard
generators,
and to gasoline~fuel
inboard/outboard
Level Flotation
length.
Guideline
applies to all boats powered with gasoline
engines), all boats with gasoline auxiliary engines, such as
tanks that are permanently
Guide--applies
CG-466,
to monohull
canoes,
attaching
careful
a capacity
a hull identification
all these
things
regulations
and a certification
number
Many government
label
boats.
Boat Builders,
is a
and
kayaks, or inflatable
in inboard
boats.
Compliance
calculations
installed
In addition,
it tells
backyard
builder:
is good.
them boring to read, to say the least, but not so the guidelines put out by the Coast
Guard. These clearly illustrate with simple line drawings what is acceptable and what
is prohibited,
,,:,s,y
(3
* ,
SAFETY
Product
STANDARDS
229
Testing
A step for safety beyond mere words has also been taken. Manufacturers
their products
Council
with American
Boat
and Yacht
testing
Laboratories
is the marine
(UL),
which succeeded
section
of the
well-known
the pioneering
Yacht
at 1647 Jeffords
and
Street,
Clearwater,
Florida
Safety
Underwriters
Bureau.
Underwriters
33516.
stan-
Laboratories,
that
Inc. is
RECOMMENDED
Ruilding
Cl~ssrc S~lnll
Camden,
by Gilbert
Camden,
for pleasure
also contains
a chapter
Brought
covering
entitled
International
together
Marine
Publishing
boats.
C. Klingel.
Maine 04843.
craft,
is just as enthusiastic
Gardner,
of classic wooden
with Stwl,
construction
by John
Maine 04843.
a number
21 Elm Street,
Colvin
Crc#,
READING
International
Written
Marine
by an advocate
Boatbuilding
about aluminum
Publishing
of welded steel
This volume
with Aluminum.
by Thomas
alloy construction
as is Klingrl
Colvin.
about
boat-type
construction.
Roat building
Marine
Designs,
with Plywoori
9152
Rosecrans,
and fiberglass
Bellflower.
boatbuilding
covering
California
materials,
cold-molded
authors.
48iO6.
90706.
both
from
Because
the instructions
Glen -L
plywood is
in these book3
Thr GOU.,~PON
Brothcars on Boat Construction,
Street.
Boats.
This volume
Gougeon
Brothers,
is a complete
Inc..
treatment
706 Martin
of building
232
RECOMMENDED
Laprake
Marine
Boatbuilding, by Walter J.
Publishing
Walter J,
building
RE.4 DING
Simmons.
Simmons,
Lincolnville,
Camden,
Maine
04843.
International
Marine
Co.,
Sq@ty
Standards
CC-466,
availahle
booklet
foreword:
Federal
recreational
non-professional
for
Backyard
This
Boat
Coast
pamphlet
safety
builder.
hazards
Joinrry,
21
Elm
published
by
in the art of
of cold-molding
Builders,
Guard
U.S.
Camden,
District
is described
Coast
Office.
Guard
Maine
requirements
and is intended
have
been
found
with
in depth.
Publication
Best described
is a simplified
which
Street,
. . . (CC-466)
boat construction
individual
avoid certain
(Reprint
The technique
from nearest
04843.
A book specializing
Cold-Molding,
Publishing
Maine
04849.)
published by International
planking.
Originally
by the
explanation
of
of these requirements
to be the cause
is to
of boating
accidents.
.Sa/;sty Standards
806. Amityvillc.
stallation
of equipment.
on electrical
Small
Station
American
industry
Road,
and Yacht
Council,
Kings
Inc.,
Box
especially
the parts
and Allied
Publica-
protcbrtion.
Boat
standards
Sharpllin,q
tions,
Langley,
Argus Books,
Herts,
England.
of boatbuilding.
to the enjoyment
Ltd.,
how IO do it.
Shrj) and .-!ircrali Fairin,q and Dvzr~lopmcwt, by S.S. Rabl, Cornell Maritime Press,
Cc~ntrc*viIIc~.Maryland 21Gli. A good old book with clearly illusrrated details of some
Iofring rrchniqut~s.
Wood: A Manualfor Its Use as a Shipbuilding Material. Department
of Ships,
1957-1962.
(Reprint:
moisture
content,
Wood Ilandbook
Office,
woods of interest
including
structural
(Ilandhook
ment of Agriculture.
Printing
Teaparty
Available
No.
i2),
Forest
Massachusetts,
1983.)
Products
Laboratory,
of Documents,
Contains
much
etc.
U.S.
Depart-
U.S. Government
basic information
about
to the boatbuilder.
specifications
design of parts,
D. C. 20402.
Washington,
Kingston,
from Superintendent
WoodenBoat
Books,
Maine
bi-monthly
Publications,
Camden,
Inc.,
magazine
for
04843.
newspaper
fishing boats.
wooden
A monthly
Maine
boat
lovers
04616.
and
builders.
(I
EQUIVALENTS
Linear
1 in. = 25.4 mm
1 in.
0.083
1 ft.
= 12 in.
6 ft.
= 1 fathom
= 2.54
1 cm
= 30.48
1 ';tat.ute mile
= 5280
1 statute
= 1.6093
mile
1 mm
cm
ft.
= 0.03937
= 0.3937
1 m = 39.37
cm
ft.
in.
= 3.2809
1 fathom
= 1.8288
1 nautical
mile
1 km = 0.6214
km
in.
in.
ft.
= 6080
ft.
statute
mile
Area
1 sq. cm
sq. cm
= 0.1550
1 sq. in.
= 6.4516
1 sq. ft.
1 sq. cm = 0.00108
1 sq. ft.
= 0.0929
sq. m
1 sq. m = 10.764
= 16.39
cu. cm
sq. ft.
sq. ft.
sq. ft.
Volume
1 cu. in.
= 0.0283
1 gal.
= 3.785
Note:
= 7.481
cu. ft.
cu. m = 28.32 1.
1 1. = 2.113
1 I. = 1.057
pts.
qts.
1.
= U.S. gal.,
and 1 pt.
= & gal.;
1 qt.
= % gal.
233
234
EQUIVALENTS
Weight
1 oz. = 28.35
1 g-r = 0.03537
g-r
1 oz. = 0.02835
1 lb.
= 16 oz.
1 lb.
= 453.6
kg
1 kg = 35.274
= 0.4536
gr.
kg
oz.
oz.
1 oz. = 0.0625
lb.
1 kg = 2.2046
lb.
Pressure
1 lb. per sq. in.
1 kg per sq. cm
= 0.0703
kg per sq. cm
= 14.223
Miscellaneous
1 Imp. gal.
= 746 watts
= 2240 lb.
1: 1 nautical
= 62.5
lb.
= 64 lb.
mile per hour
= 1.85318
km per hr.
DECIMALS
FOR
EACH
WITH
Fraction
__---.
,&.dhs
OF
OF
64TH
MILLIMETER
Dcclmal
Mllhms*ars
,approx.,
___
AN
,!
ji
I/ --/I
Fraction
~
0.397
0.794
1.191
1.588
?4
5
6
7
a
.07al25 !
.09375
.109375
,125
1.984
2.381
2.778
3.175
ii
10
3.572
3.969
4.366
4.763
_._.
11
12
.I40625
.15625
.17la75 I
.la75
13
14
15
16
.203125
.21875
.234375
.250
!
5.159
5.556
5.953
6.350
.._.
17
18
19
'20
.265625
.28125
.296875
.3125
6.747
7.144
7.541
7.938
____
21
22
23
24
.328125
.34375
.359375
,375
a.334
....
25
26
27
28
.390625
.40625
.421875
.4375
9.922
10.319
10.716
11.113
29
30
31
32
.453125
.46875
.484375
.5oo
j
I
11.509
11.906
12.303
12.700
'42
J&i
....
%i
. ..
'4
.
M
_...
gh
..
%I
....
'%
....
%
._..
'xi
....
'/is
._._
15h
__._
M
INCH
--
.015625
.03125
m6875
.0625
%i
AN
EQUIVALENTS
1
2
3
4
INCH
I/
33
34
35
36
;9/6
w
%i
....
"X6
as
....
%
'%
i&6
a7A
___.
T-6
'I
/
._._
agA
;5&
_.._
%
/i
'I
1""
---____
1 Milhmeters
Capprox.)
-~
._._
ii
a.731
9.128
9.525
I
Decimal
"A
%eths
'
.515625
53125
546875
.5625
:
j
I
'
13.097
13.494
13.891
14.288
zt
39
40
-578125
-59375
.609375
.625
I
1
:
I
i
14.684
15.081
15.478
15.875
41
42
43
44
MO625
A5625
.671875
.6875
16.272
16.669
17.066
17.463
45
46
47
48
.703125
.71875
.734375 ,
.750
'
17.859
18.256
18.653
19.050
49
50
51
52
.765625
.78125
.796875
A125
19.447
19.a44
20.241
20.638
53
54
55
56
.a28125
.a4375
.a59375
.a75
21.034
21.431
21.828
22.225
57
58
59
60
.a90625
SO625
.921875
.9375
22.622
23.019
23.416
23.813
61
62
63
64
.953125
.96875 1
.984375 ,
l.OOO
;
24.209
24.606
25.003
25.400
INDEX
assembly,
105
Backbone
structures.
101-105
Ballast keel, 195
Bahek Corp., 41
Batrs. Fred. 148
Battens: for fairing cutves, 73, 76-77,
78-79. 97. 110. 116; as pick-up sticks,
78, 79-80: in planking,
144.146: for
planking
scale, 136-137: for spiling.
133-134
Batten seam planking,
144-146
Battery storage boxes. 222
Bearings,
propeller
shaft assembly.
213-217
Berths, 184
Bevel board, 98
Bevels. 94. 96-98: by computer,
99. of
floor timbers,
124; of lapstrake
planks, 142-143, of transom assembly,
99-100
Bilge stringers,
125
nont ou~rffrs nuycr.5 ChidfJ, 9. 10
Body plan. 77-78
Bolts: carriage,
51; drift. 50-51. 105.
198, 209; hanger,
55; lag. 55: screw.
50
Boot top (waterline),
226
Breast hook, 154
Bruynreel
plywood.
29
Bulkheads,
159. 183-186
Bulwark rail. 174-175
Butt blocks, 92. 131. 149
mmx
Buttocks,
67, 80, 83
Butts, plywood,
184
Cabin trunk, 171-173
Cabosil,
36, 165
Camber,
deck beam, 153. 156-157
Cant frames,
120
Canvas deck covering,
163-165
Canvas duck, 162
Carve1 planking,
35, 130-131, 138-139
Cast fittings,
192-195: rudder stock,
210-211
Cast iron keel, 195-96
Caulking,
93, 138-140, 166-169
Cedar: Ala ka. 25: Port Orford.
23:
western rt 1, 23; white. 23
Ceiling,
188
C-Flex plankir :. 37-38
Chainplates.
19; 198
Champion
Buildil T Products,
28. 29.
30
Chrm-Tech
epoxy, h 1, 65
Chrm-Irrh.
Inc., 65
Chine. 7
ClilmpS. 124, 153-156. 2t.l
Clench-nailing,
60.61
Clinker planking,
14 1
Coamings:
cockpit.
173: hatch.
177-178
Cockpit roaming.
173
Cockpit,
self-bailing.
179
Cockpit sole. 179
Cold-molded
hulls. 32-33. 89. 150-151,
i.52
Computers:
for fairing lines, 87; [or
lofting. 99
Condon.
M.L., Company,
32
Contourkore
bals;l core. 41
Corrosion,
galvanic.
43, 48-50. 63
Cotton caulking,
138-140
Cotton wicking. 143
Countcrborcs.
16.17, 53
Countrrsinks.
16-17. 54
Counter
stern. ! YO-I21
Couplings,
propeller
shaft. 218-219
Cowl ventilator,
223-224
Cradles,
41
Cross spalls. 92. 109
Cypress. 23
Davits. 224-225
Deadwood.
104
Dean Company,
Thr. 33
Deck beams, 156-157
Deck coverings:
canvas,
163-165:
fiberglass
cloth, 165
Deckhouse,
17 1 - 173
Deck line, 76, 83
Decks: caulked,
166-169: plywood,
163;
strip-built,
162-163; teak, 166-169;
tongue-and-groove,
161-162
Deck shelf, 153
Defender
Industries,
Inc., 36
Developable-surface
hull, 5, 149
Diagonal
planking,
152
Diagonals,
67. 69. 78-80
Double planking.
143-144
Dowels, 96. 209
Drawers,
186
Drills, 16-17
Duck Trap Woodworking,
61
Duraply.
28-29. 183
Dynel. 35
Edson Corp.. The. 212
Electrical
systems, 221
Electrolysis,
48-49
Elmers glues, 64, 65. 186
Engine: bed, 129; connections,
controls.
219-220; stringers,
vibration,
218
Epoxy resins, 36, 64. 147-148.
Evrrdur.
47
220:
128:
165
Fairing: of diagonals.
79-80: of lines.
76-77; computer-aided.
87. 99. .%Y
nlso Battens
Fastening
materials:
brass. 47: bronzr.
47; copper. 48; galvanized
iron,
46-47: stainless steel, 48
Fastenings:
in double planking,
143.
144: drilling for, 52-54: interior,
186:
plank, 137-138
Frrrocement
hulls, 44
Fiberglass
cloth, 37, 165
Fiberglass
hulls. 9. 36-37, 39-41. 89
Fiberglass
insulation.
I89
Fiberglass
sheathing,
35-36
Fillers. 36. 168
Fin keels, 104
Fir, Douglas, 22
Fir plywood, 28
Flat-bottomed
hulls. 2-3. 71. 103. 108
Floor timbers,
123-124
Florida Marine Tanks.
Inc.. 213
Foam core, 39
Formica,
28, 183
Frames.
88: bending.
119-123: coldfitted. 120-123: steaming,
119:
transvrrse.
117. v-bottomed
96-97
Framing.
3-5
237
238
INDEX
Coufyon
Rrothm
Rtrnl
Comtruc-
151
Graphite
fibers. 44
Grids: for inverted
hull construction,
109: for offsets, 73-74: for transom
plan, 81
Gripe, 105
Guzzwell. John, 151
Ilon.
Thf~,
Hackmatack,
25
Half beams.
157-158
Half-breadth
plan, 93-95
Half-model,
69
Hanging
knees, 158-159
Ilarbor Sales Company,
29. 30, 65
Harra. John, Wood & Supply ComIIilIlyq
32
Hatches:
cabin sole, 188.189: [let-k,
176-179: flush, 179: sliding,
175.176
Headers,
I57
Headliners,
189
Herreshoff
& Kerwin. Inc.. 87
Horn timber,
105
Hull design, 2-5
Hull lines (terminology),
7. 66-69
Hull painting,
141
Hull repairs,
39
IHydraulic engine controls,
220
Hydraulic
steering,
212
I-lynautic,
Inc., 212, 220
Icebox,
189-191
Independent
Nail
Insulation.
189
I12
Laminated
beams, 157
Laminated
planking,
150-151. 152
Lamination:
of fiberglass hull. 37;
of stem assembly,
92; of wood, 31-32
Lapstrake
planking,
108, 141-143
Larch, 25
Lauan.
24
Lead keels. 195, 196-197
Letcher.
John, 87
Lexan,
I78
Lines, hull (terminology),
66-69
Lodging
knees, 158
Lofting:
computer-aided,
99: of body
plan. 77-79; of half-breadth
plan,
76-77: of long lines of profile, 76-77:
of transoms.
81-87, preparations
for,
72-74; tools for, 72-73
Logan Lumber
Company,
32
Lumber:
drying, 21: sawing, 17-18.
21; seasoning,
18-Z 1; shrinkage,
2I:
sources, 32-33
Mack-Shaw
Sailmakers,
Inc., 206
Mahogany:
African,
24; Honduras,
Mexican,
24; Philippine,
24
Marconi rig. 204
Mnrirw Iksign
46, 58
24;
Mtrnunl. 37
Mar-Quipt,
Inc., 225
Masonite,
186
Mast partners,
I58
Mast step, 204-205
Modrm
Inc.,
Joinerwork:
deck, 170- 181: interior.
182-191
Joints: mortise-.,nd-tenon,
107;
32, 105-106
scarphed.
Juniper.
23
Keel blocks,
Keel Makers,
196- 197
Keels: cast iron, 195-196; fin, 104;
lead, 195. 196-197; powerboat,
103-104: rabbeted,
IO3
Kenyon Marine,
205
Krvlar,
36, 44
Kit boats. 9
Klegecel foam core, 41
Knees, 105; hanging,
158-159; lodging,
158: quarter,
154-156
Kobelt Manufacturing
Co., Ltd., 220
Kristal Kraft. Inc., 65
Woo&n
Ydrt
Carrstructiotl,
151
Mold construction
88-92
Mold loft, 72
Molds: for cast fittings, 193-194; for
fiberglass
hulls, 36-37; for keels,
195-197; for strip-planked
hulls, 148
Monel fastenings,
48. 50, 58, 62
Monel tanks, 212
Monkey rail, 175
INDEX
Morse
controls,
220
Quarter
Nails: copper,
55-56. 60; galvanized,
47, 57: threaded,
57-59
National
Fisherman,
Nomex honeycomb,
Non-skid sole, 189
Oak: red, 22; white,
Offsets, 69-72. 78
knees.
154-156
10
9. 32
44
22
Painting:
of deck joinerwork.
171: of
hull, 141
Paints: anti-fouling.
225; Pxterior. 225;
interior,
I83
Panish Transdyne.
220
Patterns,
casting: for fittings,
192-195,
for keels, 195-197
Pick-up sticks, 78
Pinr: longleaf. 22-23; Oregon,
22;
white, 23; yellow, 22-23
Pipe Wcldcrs.
Inc.. 225
Planking:
batten scam, 144. 146; carvel.
130-140; double.
143-144; laminated,
150-152: lapstrakc*, 111-1-13: plywood,
149-150; strip, 146-149: transom,
100-101
Planking dimensions.
132: thickness drducrion.
#Y-Y0
Planking scale. 136. I37
Planksherr.
I66
Plugs. wood. 53-5-l
Plumbing,
223
Plywood: bending,
30-31; cutting.
:iO:
grading,
28-29: laminating,
31-32;
panel sizes, 29
Plywood decks, I63
Plywood interior structures,
182-183
Plywood planking,
149-150
Polybutylenr
tubing,
223
Polypropylrnr
cloth, 35, 36
Polyurethane
coatii:g,
17 I
Polyvinyl chlnricle (PVC) pipes, 223
Powerboat
construction:
clamp,
158:
rngine beds. 129: keels, 103-104: rudders. 206-207: shelf, 158; transom.
85-87: twin-screw,
218
Preservatives,
wood, 34. 141
Profile plans. 77. 92
Propeller
shafts, 213-219
Pulley drives, calculating,
21Y
Push-pull
cables, 220
PVC pipes, 223
Rabbet,
77, 78. 92. 103
Refrigerator.
SIT Icebox
Resorcinol
glue, 64. 147-148
Reverse curves. 122. 151
Rhodes,
Philip, 149. 201
Ribbands.
88. 109. 1 IO. 112-l I6
Ribs, 117
Riveting,
62-63
Rivets: copper.
55-56, 143: pop.
62-63
Rot prevention,
33-34
Round-bottomed
hulls, 2-3; bilge
stringers.
125: frames,
88. 118; lines,
71; planking,
38
Rudder fittings.
208
Rudders:
outboard.
207-208; powerboat, 206-207: sheathed.
211
RGn-
239
240
INDEX
Spars, aluminum,
205-206
Spars, wooden,
198-204; hollow rectangular,
200-201, hollow round,
201-202
Spiling. 133-13
Spiling frames, 135
Spinnaker
poles, 20 l-202
Splines. 103
Spruce: northern
white, 24; Sitka, 24,
198. 199
Stanley tools, 15-16
Star class sloop, 2
Stations,
78, 83
Stealer planks, 137
Steam box, 119-120
Steel hull construction,
9. 42-43
Steering controls,
211-212
Stem assembly,
92-95
Sternpost,
104
Stopwaters,
96, 105
Stringers,
124-128
Strip-planked
hulls, setting up, 108
Strip planking,
146-149
Stronghold
nails, 52, 58-59
Stuffing box, 211, 215, 217
Synthetic
fabrics, 35-36
Table of offsets. 73
Tamarack.
25
Tangile.
24
Tangs, 204
Tank rapacity,
calculating.
213
Tanks, fresh water. 222
Tanks, fuel, 212-213
Teak, 25, 168-169
Teleflex,
Inc.. 220
Templates,
67; for bulkheads,
185; for
stem assembly,
92-95; for spinnaker
pole, 202
Tenons,
107
Thiokol sealers. 168. I69
Tie rods. 158. 206
Tillers, 2 I 1
Toe rails, 166, 174
Tools: caulking,
139: hand, 15-17:
lofting, 72-73; power,
17-18; sourres.
18
Torin, 41
Transom.
connections
to, 154-156
Transom,
construction
of. 99-101
Transom,
lofting of: curved, 82-83:
flat, 81-82: powerboat,
85-87; raked,
81
Tremont
Nail Co.. 61
Tributyl
tin oxide (TBTO).
34
Twin keelsons.
103
Underwriters
LaGoratories
(UL). 229
Unipoxy
glue. 65
U.S. Coast Guard regulations:
for
passenger-carrying
boats. 14; safety,
228
U.S. Coast Guard standards:
for electrical installations.
221: tanks, 212
Varnishing,
170-171. 182. 201
V-bottomed
hulls. 2-3: clamps, 128:
floors, 123; frames,
88. 96. 117-118;
lines, 72; planking,
38: seam batten
construction.
144; setting up, 108
Veneers, 28
Ventilation,
187- 188. 223-224
Watrrlines.
67. 76. 80. 225-226
Water trap box, 223
WEST System (Wood Epoxy Saturation
Technique),
150
Wheel, steering,
2 12
Wicking,
105. 138
Wiley. Ralph,
148
Wire rigging, 204
Wood: A Manual FOT Its list ds A
Shiphui!di?lg
Matcmal,
25
Wood: comparative
strengths,
26; design stresses, 26-27; species for boatbuilding.
22-25
Woodcraft
Supply Corp., 65
WoodrnRoat,
Wood
finishes,
32
interior.
Wood Ilnndh~ol~.
Wood
screws,
Zinc plating.
16.17.
46-47
182.813
26
51-55